The Four Doctrines SWEDENBORG VORK XKOR(. 1'RP SOCl S WEST TWI THE DOCTRIKE OF THE NEW JERUSALEM CONCERNING THE LORD BY EMAXl' KL SWEDKX BORG Originally published in Amsterdam in th year 1763 TX.AXM.ATFl> KKUM III Y. OICKil NA I. LATIN AM. M>!TKt> BY THK REV. .JOHN FAUI.KXKU POTTS, B.A. I-..M.. NEW YORK AMERICAN SWEDENBORO PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SOCIETY 3 WKST TWENTY-NINTH STREET 1919 PREFATORY NOTES BY THE TRANSLATOR The Dnrtrinc f tin- Lord was originally published by Emanuel Swedenborg in the city of Amsterdam, in the year 1763, in large quarto, and in the Latin language. The work was hrst translated into Eng- lish by Mr. Peter Provo, an apothecary in London, and was published by the Theo- sophical Society in the year 1784, the printer being Mr. Robert Hindmarsh. It has since appeared in many editions, and lias also been translated into French, Swed- ish, Danish, German, Italian, and othei languages. The Translator has been assisted in his labors by a circle of Critics, including the Rev. Samuel M. AVarrcu. the Rev. Philip < 'abell, the Rev. James Reed, and Marston Niles, Esq., who have rendered invaluable assistance, and who have contributed in a iii IV PREFATORY XOTKS signal manner to the perfection and accu- racy of the work done. Previous translations have also been largely consulted, and many valuable things have been selected from them. In the following translation no attempt has been made to furnish materials for a new translation of the English Bible or of any part of it. In such a work as this, which is largely expository of the internal sense of the Word, and which was origi- nally written in the Latin language, it is manifestly of the first importance that the English reader should in so far as possible be put in possession of the very words on which the exposition is based. What we do here is to translate the Latin of Sweden- /;/ into English, whether that be the Latin of passagas of Holy Scripture or of any- thing else. The making of a new trans- lation of the Word itself, or of any part of it, would be a perfectly distinct under- taking. Nevertheless the phraseology of the English Bible, in either of the author- KY THE TRANSLATOR V ized versions, lias not been needlessly cast aside, but in all cases where it was found to )>e sufficiently close to the Latin to truly present its meaning, the familiar wording has been retained, J. 1\ P AUTHOR'S PREFACE Some years ago there were published the following five little works : 1. On Heaven and Hell. 2. The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem. 3. On the Last Judgment, 4. On the AVhite Horse. f>. On the Planets and other Earths in the I" inverse. In these works manv thiuys were set forth that have hitherto been unknown. Now, by command of the Lord, who lias i>een revealed to me, the following are to l*> published : The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con- cerning the Lord. The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con- cerning the Holy Scripture. The Doctrine of Life for the New Jeru salem from the Ten Commandments. vii viii AUTHOR'S PREFACE The Doctrine of the New Jerusalem con- cerning Faith. A Continuation concerning the Last Judgment. Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Providence. Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine < hnnipotence, Omnipresence, Omniscience, Infinity, and Eternity.* Angelic Wisdom concerning the Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom. Angelic Wisdom concerning Life.f It is said "the Doctrine of the New * Although the treatise here named was never ptfb- lished as a separate work, the subjects of it are specially treated of in the first chapter of the True Christian Re- ligion. See also references to the same subjects in this present work (n. 66), in the Doctrine of the Holy Scrip- ture ( n. 32), and in the Angelic Wisdom concerning ths. /*i- rine Love and the Divine Wisdom (n. 9). [TRANSLATOR.] t This proposed treatise seems to have been included in the one mentioned immediately before it, which begins with an exposition of the subject of Life. The reason this treatise and the one on the JHoine Omnipotence, etc., were not published as separate works, is explained in a 1 jtter of Swedenborg to Dr. Beyer, dated February, 1767. See Documents concerning Steedenoorg, by it L. Taiet, Tol. ii. p. 28L [TR.] At THoi; s PREFACE IX Jerusalem," and this means the Doctrine for tin- New Church which is at this day to be set up by the Lord ; for the old church has come to its end, as is evident from what has been said in the little work on the Lasi Judgment (n. 33 to n. 39); and also from what is to Ixi further said in the little works just mentioned, which are to follow. That a New Church is meant by the " New Jeru- salem/*' foretold in the twenty -first chapter of the Revelation as to come after the Judgment, may be seen below, in the last chapter. CONTENTS* L UNIVERSAL HOLY SCRIPTURE TREATS OF THK Loitl' : THE LORD 19 THE WORD (n. 1-7). II. ITS BEING SAID THAT THE LoKI) Kl.LFU.LEI> ALL THINGS OF THE LAW, MEANS THAT HE Kri,FILLEI> ALL THIN'.- "F THK WORD (n. 8-11). By the Law in a restricted .sense are meant the ten Commandments of the Decalogue (n. 8). By the Law in a wider sen.se are meant all things written by Moses in his rive bunks (n. 9). Hy th< l^iw in the widest .sense aiv mean all tiling of the Word (n. 10, 11,. III. Till-; LoKMCAME INTO THK WoRLIi 1<> -I I:- .n OATK T)ii: HELLS AND TO LI.OKIKV Hi^ MIMVN : ^MI THK PASSION OK THK CRI- W V I U. UNAI. Co.MIlAT, WHEKEUV 111 FULLV I oSylKUKIi THK HELLS, VM> FULLY GLOKIFIKIi Ills Hi MAN (ll. 12-14). Coinpilel by the Translator. Xi 11 CONTENTS IV. BY THE PASSION OK THE CROSS THK LOKI> DIP NOT TAKK AWAY SlNS. HIT ItOKi; THEM (n. 15-17). V. THE IMPUTATION OF THK Loan's MKHH 18 NOTHING BUT THE REMISSION OF SlNS AFTER REPENTANCE (n. 19). VI. THE LORI> IN RESPECT TO THK DIVINK HUMAN is CALLED THE Sox OF Goi> ; AND IN RESI'KCT TO THK WORD, TIIK SON OF MAN (n. 19-28). i. The Lord's Human, conceived of Jehovah the Father, and born of the virgin Mary, is the Son of God (n. 19-22). ii. The Lord is called the Son of man when His Passion is treated of (n. 24). Hi. The Lord is called the Son of man when the Judgment is treated of (n. 2o). iv. The Lord is called the Son of man when his Advent is treated of (n. 26). T. The Lord is called the Son of man when Redemption, Salvation, Reformation, and Regeneration are treated of (n. 27). ONTK.\1> Yiii vi. Tliat the Son of man signifies the Lord in respect to the Word, was the reason why the prophets also were called sons of man (n. 28). VII. THK LORD MADK DIVINK Hi> HUMAN FROM THK DIVINE THAT WAS IN HIMSELF, AM- THUS BECAME ONE WITH THK FATHER (n. 2.*-36). i. The Lord from eternity is Jehovah in. 30). ii. The Lord from eternity, r .Je- hovah, assumed the Human to .save men (n. 31). iii. The Lord made His Human Divine from the Divine in Himself (n. 32). 1. This was done by siu , -.->- sive steps. 2. The Divine operated through the Human, as the soul does through the body. 3. The Divine and the Human operated unanimously. 4 The Divine was united tu the Human, and the Human to the Divine. XIV CONTENTS 6. The Divine Human is to be approached. 6. As the Lord made His Hu- man Divine in Himself, and as the Human is to be approached, and is the Son of God, we must put our faith in the Lord, who is both Father and Son. iv. The Lord made His Human Divine by means of temptations ad- mitted into Himself, and by means of continual victories in them (n. 33). v. The full unition of the Divine and the Human in the Lord was effected by means of the passion of the cross, which was the last temptation (n. 34). vi. By successive steps the Lord put off the human taken from the mother, and put on a Human from the Divine within Him, which is the Divine Human, and is the Son of God (n. 86). vii. Thus God became Man, as in first principles so also in ultimates (n. 36). CONTENTS XV VIII. THE LOHI> is GOD HIMSELF, FROM WHOM AND CONCKRXINO WlIOM 18 THK WoHD (ii. 37-44). i. The Lord is culled Jehovah (n. 08). ii. The Lord is called the God of Israel, and the God of Jacob (n. 39). iii. The Lord is called the Holy One of Israel (n. 40). iv. The Lord is called Lord, and (iod (n. 41). v. The Lord is called Kin.u.', and Anointed (n. 4'2). \i. The Lord is called David in. 43). IX. (ion IS ONK, AND THK LoKD IS THAT GoD (u. 45). Ji. THK HOLY SPIRIT is THK DIVINK. I-KOI -KKD- 1N(. FROM THK LOKD, AND THIS IS THK LORD HIMSELF (n. 46-o4). i. By " spirit" is meant man's life (n. 47). ii. As man's life varies according to his state, "by "spirit" is ineaut the varying affection of life in man (n. 48). As 1. The lite of wisdom. CONTENTS 2. The excitation of life. 3. Freedom of life. 4. Life in fear, pain or grief, and anger, ft. A life of various evil aft'ee- UOD8. ti. Infernal life. iii. By " spirit" is meant the life of one who is regenerate which is railed spiritual life (n. 49). Hy ".spirit" is meant spiritual life in those \\ho are in humiliation (n. 4'.)'). iv. Where "spirit.'' is said of the Lord, there is meant His Divine H'fe, thus the Lord Himself (n. 60). "Spirit" as used for Jehovah Himself, that i>. rhe Lord (n. 60"). v. By "spirit,"' when said i the Lord, is si>eciricaHy meant the life of His Wisdom, which is Divine Truth (n. 51). vi. Jehovah Himself (that, is, the Lord) spoke the Word through the prophets (n. 62). ON TENTS Xvh XI. THE DOCTRINE OF THE ATHANASIAN CREED AGREES WITH THE TRUTH, PROVIDED THAT isv A TRINITY OF PERSONS is i -NiiERSTOon A TRINITY OF PERSON, ANI. THAT THIS TRINITY is IN THE LORD (n. 66-61). XII. BY THE '-NEW JERUSALEM" (SPOKEN OF IN THE Revelation) is MEANT A Naw CHLRCH (62-35). THE DOCTRINE OF THE NEW JERUSALEM . <>NTKMNii THE LORD UNIVERSAL HOLY SCRIPTURE TREATS OF THE LORD: THE LORI> is THE WORD. 1. We read in John :- In the beginning was the Won], and the Word was with God, ami d"d was tin- Word. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by Him. and without Him was not anything made that was made.' In Him was life, and the life was the light of men. And the light shinefh in the darkness, and the darkness comprehended it not (i. 1-5). The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among UK, and we beheld His glory, the glory as of the Only-begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth (verse 14). The light is come into the world, and men loved DOCTRINE OF THE LOR1> x. 1 the darkness rather than the light, because their deeds were evil (iii. 19). While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye may be sons of light. I am come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth in Me should not abide in the darkness (xii. 36, 46). From these passages it is evident that the Lord is God from eternity, and that this God is the selfsame Lord who was bom in the world ; for it is said that the Word was with God. and God was the Word, and also that without Him was not any tiling made that was made ; and it is added that the Word was made flesh, and they beheld Him. It is but little understood in the church why the Lord is called the Word. It is teeause " the Word" signifies Divine truth or Divine wisdom, and tlie Lord is Divine truth itself or Divine wisdom itself. And this is why He is called the Light, of which also it is said that it came into the world. As the Divine wisdom and the Divine love make a one,* and in the Lord had been a * That is, a complex whole which constitutes a unity. [TRANSLATOR.] N. 1] DOCTRINE OK THE LORD 3 one from eternity, it is said. " In Him was life, and the life was the light of men.'' " Life" is Divine love : and " light" is Di- vine wisdom. It is this // that is meant by, " In the beginning tin 1 AVord was with God, and God was the Word." "With God," is in God : for wisdom is in love, and love in wisdom. So in another place in John : And now, U Father, glorify Thou Me with Thine own Self, with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was (xvii. 5). " With Thine own Self." is in Thyself, and then-fort- it is said, "and God was tin- Word;" and elsewhere, that the Lord is in the Father, and the Father in Him ; and that He and the Father are one. As there- fore the AVord is the Divine, wisdom of the Divine love, it follows that it is .Jehovah Himself, thus the Lord by whom all things were made that are made ; for all things have been created from Divine love bv means of Divine wisdom. 4 DOCTRINE OF THK LOUD [x. '2 2 . That the Word here speei ti cally mean t is the same Word that was manifested by means of Moses, the prophets, and the evan- gelists, is very evident from the fact that the Word is the Divine truth itself from which angels have all their wisdom, and men all their spiritual intelligence. For this same Word that is among men in this world is also among the angels in the heavens, but in this world among men it is natural, whereas in the heavens it is spirit- ual. And as the Word is the Divine truth, it is also the Divine proceeding ;* and this is not only from the Lord, but is also the Lord Himself ; and being the Lord Himself, it follows that each and all things of the Word have been written concerning Him alone. From Isaiah to Ma,lachi there is * In the expression ' Divine proceeding," Dirinc is not to l; understood as an adjective qualifying proceeding, but proceeding is to be taken as a verb (or participle) de- scribing the act which the Divine there performs. Thus the expression does not mean a proceeding which is Di- vine, but a Divine that in in the act of proceeding forth. ' Divine proceeding," thus understood, exactly translates Swedenborg's Divinum pmcedtnt, [TE.l x. -j] iHM'Ti.-TNK OF THK LORD 5 nothing that i.5 not either concerning the Lord, or, in the opposite sense, against Him. Hitherto no one has ever seen this to be so, and yet every one can see it, provided he is aware of it, and thinks of it while he is reading, especially if he knows that the Word contains not only a natural but also a spiritual sense, and that in this sense the names of persons and places signify some- thing of the Lord, and. derivatively, some- thing of heaven and the church from Him, or else something opposite to them. As all things of the Word both in general and in particular treat of the Lord ; and as the Word, being the Divine truth, is the Lord, it is evident why it is said, "And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld His glory ;" and also why it is said, While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye may be sons of light : I am come a light into the world, that whoso- ever believeth in Me should not abide in the darkness." The "light" is the Divine truth, thus the Word. This is why, even at 6 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD this day, every one who, while reading the Word, approaches the Lord alone, and pntys to Him, is enlightened in the Word. 3. Briefly stated, the subjects concern- ing the Lord that are treated of in all thr Prophets of the Old Testament, from Isuini, to Mttlochl, both in general and in particu- lar, are these : i. The Lord came into the world in the fullness of times, which was when He was no longer known by the Jews, and when. consequently, there was nothing of tin- church left; and unless He had then com.- into the world and revealed Himself, man- kind would have perished in eternal death. As He Himself says in John : Kxcrpt \>' believe that I am, ye- shall die in your sins" (viii. 24). ii. The Lord came into the world to .-x- cute a Last Judgment, and thereby to sui>- due the existing dominance of the hells ; which was effected by means of combats (that is, temptations) admitted into his ma- ternal human, and the attendant continual N. 3] DOCTRINE OF THE U>KI> 7 victories ; for unless the hells had been subjugated no man could have been saved. iii. The Lord came into the world in order to glorify His Human, that is, unite it to the Divine which was in Him from conception. iv. The Lord came into the world in order to set up a new church which should ^knowledge Him as the Redeemer and Sa- viour, and be redeemed and saved through l>vc to Him and faith in Him. v. He at the same time reduced heaven intn order, so that it made a one. with the diuvch. vi. The passion of the cross was the last comruit or temptation, by means of which He completely conquered the hells and fully glorified His Human. In the following small work on Th>- I Inly Scripture it will be seen that the Word treats of no other subjects than these. 4. In confirmation of this, I shall in this first chapter merely adduce passages from tin- Word which contain the expressions 8 DOCTRJNK OF THK LORD [N. 4 "that .day," "in that day," and "in that time;" in which, by "day," and "time,'" is meant the Lord's advent. In Jsniitl . It shall come to pass in the futurity of days that the mountain of the house of Jehovah .shall be established in the top of the mountains. Je- hovah alone shall be exalted in that day. The day of Jehovah of Armies shall be upon every one that is proud and lofty. In that day a man shall cast away his idols of silver and of gold (ii. 2, 11, 12, 20). In that day the Lord Jehovih will take away their ornament (iii. 18). In that day shall the branch of Jehovah be beau- tiful and glorious (iv. 2). In that day it shall roar against him, and hi- shall look unto the land, ami behold darkness and distress, and the light shall be darkened in the ruins (v. 30). It shall come to pass in that day that Jehovah shall hiss for the fly that is in the uttermost part of the rivers of Egypt. In that day the Lord shall shave in the crossings of the river. In that day He shall vivify. In that day every place shall be for briers and thorns (vii. 18, 20, 21, 23). What will ye do in the day of visitation, which shall come ? In that day Israel shall stay upon Jehovah, the Holy One of Israel, in truth (x. 3, 20). X. 4] IXM'THTNK <>K THK LORD 9 It shall come t pass in that day, that the Root of Jesse, which standeth for an ensign of the peo- ples, shall the nations seek, and His rest shall be glory. Chiefly in that day shall the Lord seek again the remnant of His people (xi. 10, 11). In that day thou slialt say. I will confess unto Thee, O Jehovah. In that day shall ye say. Confess ye to Jehovah, call upon His name (xii. 1.4). The day of Jehovah is at hand, as alayini: waste from Shaddui sliall it come. Behold, the day of Jehovah cometh, cruel, and of indignation, and of wrath, and of anger. I will move the heaven, and the earth shall be shaken out of her place, in the day of the wrath of His anger. His time is near, and it cometh, and the days shall not l^e prolonged (xiii. 6, 9, 13, 22). It shall come to pass in that day, that the glory of Jacob shall be made thin. In that day shall a man look unto his Maker, and his eyes to tin- Holy One of Israel. In that day shall the cities of refuge be as the forsaken places of the forest (xvii. 4, 7, 9). In that day there shall be live cities in the land of Egypt that speak with the lip of Canaan. In that day there shall be an altar to Jehovah in the midst of Egypt. In that day there shall be a path from Egypt to Assyria, and Israel shall be in the midst of the land (xix. 18, 19, 23. 24). 10 DOCTKINE UK THK LOK.lt [x. 4 The inhabitant of the island shall say in tint day, Behold our expectation (xx. 6). A day of tumult, and of treading down, and of perplexity, from the Lord Jehovih of Annies (xxii. 5). In that day shall Jehovah visit upon the army of the height, and upon the kings of the earth. After a multitude of days shall they he visited ; then shall the moon blush, and the .sun be ashamed (xxiv. 21, 22, 23). It shall be said* in that day, Lo, this is our God, for whom we have waited, that He may de- liver us (xxv. 0). In that day shall this song be sung in the laud of Judah, We have a strong city (xxvi. 1). In that day Jehovah shall visit with His sword. In that day ye shall answer to it, A vineyard of unmixed wine (xxvii. 1, 2, 12, 13). In that day shall Jehovah of Armies be for a crown of ornament, and for a diadem (xxviii. f>). In that day shall the deaf hear the words of the book, and the eyes of the blind shall see out of darkness (xxix. 18). There shall be streams of waters in the day of the yreat slaughter, when the towers shall fall; and the light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun, in the day that Jehovah shall bind up the hurt of His people (xxx. 2- r >, 2(5). * The Lat'iu has Jehovah shall Hay." N. 4] DOCTKIXK OF THE LOKD 11 In that day they shall cast away every man his idols of silver and of gold (xxxi. 7). The day of Jehovah's vengeance, the year of His recompenses (xxxiv. 8). These two things shall couie to thee in one day, the loss of children and widowhood (xlvii. 9). My people shall know My name, and in that day that I am He that doth speak ; behold it is I (lii. G). Jehovah hath anointed Me to proclaim the ac- ceptable year of Jehovah, and the day of vengeance of our God, to comfort all that mourn (Ixi. 1, 2). The day of vengeance is in My heart, and the year of My redeemed is come (Ixiii. 4). In Jeremiah : In those days ye shall say no more, The ark of the covenant of Jehovah. In that time they shall call Jerusalem the throne of Jehovah. In those days the house of Judah shall walk to (lie house of Israel (iii. 10-18). In that day the heart (if the king shall jH-risli, and the heart of the princes, and the priests shall be amazed, and the prophets (iv. it). Behold the days come in which the land .shall become a waste (vii. 32. 34). They shall fall among them that fall, in the day of their visitation (viii. 12). 12 WOCTK1NK OK THK LOKD [*. 4 Behold the days come that I will visit all that is circumcised with what isuncircunicised (ix. 25). In the time of their visitation they shall perish (x. 15). There shall be no remains to them. I will hrinic evil upon them in the year of their visitation (xi. 23). Behold, the days come in which it shall no more be said (xvi. 14). I will look upon them in the nape, and not the faces, in the day of their destruction (xviii. 17). Behold, the days come in which I will give this place for a waste (xix. 6). Behold, the days come that I will raise unto David a righteous off-shoot, who shall reign as king. In those days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely. Therefore, behold, tin- days come that they shall no more say ... I will bring evil upon them in the year of their visitation. In the end of days ye shall understand intelli- gence (xxiii. ."), givat. and none shall be like it. It shall come to pass in that day that I will break the yoke, and burst the bonds (xxx. 8, 7, 8). There shall be a day that the watchman upon Mount Ephraim shall cry, Arise ye, let us ascend /ion, unto Jehovah our God. Behold, the day* N. 4] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD . 13 come that I will make a new covenant. Behold, the days come that the city shall be built to Je- hovah (xxxi. 6, 31, 38). The days come that I will establish the good word. In those days, and at that time, will I make a righteous offshoot unto David. In those days shall Judah be saved (xxxiii. 14-16). I will bring words against this city for evil in that day. But I will deliver thee in that day ixxxix. 1C, 17). That day is to the Lord Jehovih of Annies a day of vengeance, that He will take vengeance of His enemies. The day of destruction has come upon them, the time of their visitation (xlvi. 10, 21). Because of the day that cometh to lay waste ixlvii. 4). I will bring upon him the year of visitation. Vet I will bring again his captivity in the end of days (xlviii. 44, 47). I will bring destruction upon them in the time oi' rheir visitation. Her young men shall fall in i hit .streets, and all the men of war shall be cut <>f in that day. In the end of days I will bring ;ts:ain their captivity (xlix. 8. '2(5, 39). In those days, and in that time, the sons of Israel and the sons of Judah shall come together, and shall seek Jehovah their God. In those days, and in that time, the iniquity of Israel shall be sought for, and there shall be none. Woe unto 14 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [\. 4 them, for their day is come, the time of their visi- tation (1. 4, 20, 27, 31). They are vanity, a work of errors, in the time of their visitation they shall perish (li. 18). In Ez,>,ki<>l .-.- An end is come, the end is come, the morning cometh upon thee ; the time is come, the day of tumult is near. Behold the day, behold it corneth. the morning hath gone forth, the rod hath blos- somed, violence hath budded. The day is come, the time, is come upon all the multitude thereof. Their silver and gold shall not deliver them in the day of the anger of Jehovah (vii. 6, 7, 10, 12, 19). They said of the prophet, The vision that he seeth shall come to pass after many days ; he prophesieth for times that are far off (xii. 27). They shall not stand in the war in tin- day of the anger of Je.hovah (xiii. 6). Thou, O deadly wounded wicked one, the prince of Israel, whose day is done, in the time of the iniquity of the end (xxi. 25). A city that sheddeth blood in the midst of her, that her time may come ; and thou hast caused thy days to draw near, so that thou art come to thy years (xiii. 3, 4). Shall it not be in the day when I take from rlittin their strength ? In that day he that -- N. 4] IMH'TKINK OF THK F.oRJ) 15 capeth shall come unto thee to the instructing of thine ears. In that day shall thy mouth be opened together with him that is escaped (xxiv. 25-27). In that day will I cause a horn to JJTOW unto the house of Israel (xxix. 21). Howl ye, Woe worth the day ! for the day of Jehovah is near, the day of Jehovah is near, a day of cloud, it shall be the time of the nations. In that day shall messengers go forth from Me (xxx. 2, 3, 9). In the day in which thou shalt & down im<> hell (xxxi. IT)). I will search for My flock in the day that he shall be in the midst of his flock ; and I will de- liver them out of all places whither they have been scattered, in the day of cloud and of thick dark- ness (xxxiv. 11, 12). In the day that I cleanse you from all your in- iquities (xxx vi. 38). Prophesy and say. In that, day when My people Israel shall sit securely, shalt thou not know it '.' In the futurity of days I will lead the.- into My land. In that day, even the day when Gog shall come upon the land. In My zeal, in the fire of Mine indignation, if not in this day, there shall be a great earthquake upon the land of Israel (xxxviii. 14, 1C, 18, 19). Behold, it couieth. this day of which I have spoken. It shall come to pass in that day that I 16 DOCTKIN'K OF THE LORD [x. 4 will give unto Gog a place for burial in the laud of Israel, so Jhat the house of Israel shall know that I am Jehovah their God, from that day and forward (xxxix. 8, 11, 22). In Daniel: God in the heavens hath revealed secrets, what shall be in the futurity of days (ii. 28). The time came that the saints possessed the kingdom (vii. 22). Attend, for at the time of the end shall be the vision. And he said, Behold, I will make thee know what shall be in the last end of the anger, for at the time appointed shall the end be. The vision of the evening and the morning is truth ; shut thou up the vision, for it shall be for many .lays(viii. 17, 19,26). I am come to make thee understand what shall l>efall thy people in the end of days ; for the vision is yet for days (x. 14). The intelligent shall be proved to purge and cleanse them, even to the time of the end, because it is yet for the time appointed (xi. 35). At that time shall Michael rise up, the great prince who standeth for the sons of thy people ; ;md there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation. At that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found written in the book (xii. 1>. X. 4] OOCTKINK OK THE LORD 17 Thou, O Daniel, shut up the words, and seal the book, even to the time of the end. But from the time that the continual [burnt-offering] shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh waste be set up, there shall be a thousard two hundred and ninety day 8. Thou shall arise inlo thy lot at the eml of the days (xii. 4, 11, 13). Tn Hosea : I will make an end of the kingdom of thehou.se i Israel. In that day I will break the bow of Israel. Great shall be the day of Jezreel (i. 4, o. 11). In that day thou shall call Me, my Husband. In that day I will make a covenant for them. In that day I will hear (ii. 1C, 18, 21). The sons of Israel shall return, ami seek Je- hovah their God. and David their king, in the end <.f .lays (iii. r,,. Come, and let us return unto Jehovah ; after two lays He will revive us ; in the third day He will laise us up, and we shall live before Him(vi. 1, 2). The days of visitation are come ; the days of retribution are come (ix. 7 >. I u Joel: Alas for the day, for the day of Jehovah is at hand, and as a laying waste from Shaddai shall it come (\. 15). a lo DOCTHINK OK THK I.OK1> [N. 4 The day of Jehovah cometh, nigh is the day of darkness and of thick darkness, a day of cloud and of obscurity. The day of Jehovah is great ami very terrible ; and who can endure it ? (ii. 1, 2, 11). Upon the servants, and upon the handmaids in those days will I pour out My spirit. The sun shall be turned into darkness, and the irtoon into blood, before the great and terrible day of Jehovah is come (ii. 29, 31). Behold, in those days, and hi that time, which I will bring back, I will gather all nations. Tin- day of Jehovah is near. It shall come to pass in that day that the mountains shall drop new wiiu (iii. 1, 2, 14, 18). In Obadiah . Shall I not in that day destroy the wise inun out of Edom ? Neither shouldest thou have rt- joiced over them in the day of their destruction. in the day of their distress. For the day of Jeho- vah is near upon all the nations (verses 8, 12, 1;")). Ill Aii* : He that is courageous in his heart shall fly- away naked in that day (ii. 16). In the day that I shall visit the transgressions of Israel upon him (iii. 14). Woe unto you that desire the day of Jehovah ! What to you is the day of Jehovah ? it is oiu- <>i >. 4] DOCTRINE OF THK LORD 19 darkness, and not of light. Shall not the day of Jehovah be darkness, and not light ? even thick larkness, and no brightness in it (v. 18. 20). The songs of (he temple shall l>e howlings in that day. In that day I will cause the sun to go ilo-wn at noon ; and I will darken the earth in the day of light. In that day shall the beautiful virgins ;unl the young men fault for thirst (viii. 3. '., lo|. In that day I will raise up the tent of David that is fallen. Behold, the days come that the mountains shall drop new wine (ix. 11, 18). In M-icah : In that day shall one latiu-m. Wf be utterly laid waste (ii. 4). In the end of days the moiuitaiii of the house of Jehovah shall IKS established at the head of the mountains. In that day will I gather her that nalteth (iv. 1. 6). In that day I will rut off thy horsos and thy chariots (v. 10). The day of thy watchmen, and thy \isitation, oometh. The day is at hand for buildmg thy walls. In that day he shall come even to thee (vii. 4, 11, 12). In Halxtkknk : The vision is yet for an appointed time, and at the end it shall speak ; though it tarry, wait for 20 DOCTRINE OK THK U>K1> [* 4 it, because it will surely come, it will not delay (ii. 3). Jehovah do Thy work in the midst of the years ; in the midst of the years make known ; God cometh (iii. 2, 3). 1 n Zfjili 5. In these passages by "day" and " time" is meant the advent of the Lord. By a " day" or " time" of darkness, of thick darkness, of gloom, of no light, of laying waste, of the end of iniquity, of destruction, is meant the advent of the Lord when He was no longer known, and when conse- quently there was no longer anything of the church left. By " a day" cruel, terrible, of wrath, of anger, of tumult, of visitation, of sacrifice, of recompense, of distress, of war, of a cry, is meant the advent of the Lord to Judgment. By " the day" in which Jehovah alone shall be exalted, in which He shall Ije one and His name one, in which the offshoot of Jehovah shall l)e for beauty and glory, "in which the righteous shall flourish, in which He shall vivify, in which He shall seek His flock, in which He shall make a new covenant, in which the moun- tains shall drop ne\y wine, in which living waters shall go out from Jerusalem, in which they shall look unto the God of Is- rael, and many similar expressions, is meant 24 DOCTKIXK OK Tin: I.OKI> |_N. r> the advent of the Lord to .set up again a new church which will acknowledge Him as the Redeemer and Saviour. 6. To these passages may l>e added some which sjK-ak of the Lord's advent more openly : The Lord Himself shall give you a sign : Ik-hold a virgin shall concern- and bear a Son. and shall call His name GOK-WITH-I > (I*!, vii. 14 ; Matt. i. 22, 23). Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given, and the government shall be upon His shoulder ; and His name shall IK- called Wonderful, Coun- selor, God, Hero, Father of eternity, Prince of peace. Of the increase of Hi* government and peace there shall be no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to establish it in judgment and justice, from henceforth and even co eternity (Isa. ix. o. 7j. There shall come forth a Rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a Shoot shall bear fruit out of his roots: and the spirit of -Jehovah shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the xpirit of counsel and might. Righteousness shall be the girdle of His loins, and truth the girdle of His reins. Then-fore it shall i-mne to pass in that day, that the Root ci .1, *.>,,.. \\hi.-h standeth for an N. 6] DOCTKIXK OK THK LORI) '^ ensign of the peoples, shall the nations seek, and His rest shall be glory (Isa. xi. 1. 2, o, 10). Send ye the lamb of the ruler of the land, from the rock to the wilderness, to the mountain of the daughter of Zion. By mercy has the throne been established, and one shall sit upon it in truth, iii the tabernacle of David, judging and socking judgment, and hasting righteousness (Isa. xvi. 1,5). It shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our (iod ; we have waited for Him that He may save us : THIS is JEHOVAH ; we havewaited for Him, tfe will rejoice and be glad in His salvation (Isa. xxv. 0). The voice of one crying in the wilderness, 1'iv- pare ye the way of JEHOVAH, make plain in the solitude a pathway for our God. For the glory of JEHOVAH shall be revealed, and all flesh >lia!l see it together. Behold, the LORD JCIIOVIH will come in strength, and His arm shall rule tor Him ; behold, His reward is with Him. He shall feed His flock like a shepherd (Isa. xl. 3, 5. 10. 11). Mine elect, in whom My soul delightet.li. I JEHOVAH have called Thee in righteousness, and I will give Thee for a covenant to the in-ople, for a light to the nations, to open the blind eyes, to bring out the bound from the prison, and them that sit in darkness out of the prison house. I am JEHOVAH, this is My name, and My glory will I not give to another (Isa. xlii. 1, 0-8). 26 DOCTRINE OF THE J.pKD [N. i! Who hath believed our word, and to whom i- the arm of Jehovah revealed ? He hath no font! ; we have seen Him, but He hath no appearance. He hath borne our diseases, and carried our griei* [Isa. liii. 1. 2, 4, to end). Who is this that cometh from Ednui, with sprinkled garments from Bozrah, marching in tilt- greatness (muttitudine) of His strength ? I tha r speak in righteousness, great to save : for the day of vengeance is hi Mine heart, and the year of My redeemed is coine. So He became their Saviour (Isa. Ixiii. 1, 4, 8). Behold, the days come that I will raise up to David a righteous offshoot, who shall reign a kini:. and shall prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice hi the earth : and this is His name whereby they shall call Him, JEHOVAH OUR RKJHTEOUSM -- iJer. xxiii. 5, 6 ; xxxiii. 15, 16). Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion ; shout, u daughter of Jerusalem ; behold, thy King cometh unto tliec. He is just and saved.* He shall speak peace to the nations ; and His dominion shall b- f nnii sea to sea, and from the river even to the ends of the earth (Zech. ix. 9, 10). Rejoice and be glad, O daughter of Zion ; lo, I lii the Apocalypse Jlevealed ( n. 612), it is " a Saviour ;" in the Apocalypte Explained (n. 31 r ), it ia "just anf the word to restore and build Jerusalem, unto Messiah th<- Prince, shall be seven weeks (Dan. ix. 1M. -2. !. I will set his hand in the sea, and his right hand in the rivers : He shall cry unto Me, Thou art my Father, my God, and the rock of my sal- vation. I also will make him My first-born, higher than the kings of the earth. His seed also will I make to endure to eternity, and his throne as tin- days of the heavens (Ps. Ixxxix. 25-27, 29). Jehovah said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at My right hand, until I make Thine enemies Thy foot- stool. Jehovah shall send the scepter of Thy strength out of Zion ; rule Thou in the midst of Thine enemies. Thou art a priest to eternity after the manner of Melchizedek (Pn. ex. 1, 2. 4 : Matt. xxii. 44 ; Luke xx. 42). I have anointed My king upon Zion, the moun- tain of My holiness ; I will declare for a statute. Jehovah hath said unto Me, Thou art My Son, this day have I begotten Thee ; I will give the na- tions for Thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for Thy possession. Kiss the Son, lest He be angry, and ye perish from the way ; blessed are all they that put their trust in Him (Ps. ii. 6-8, 12). Thou hast made him a little less than the angels, imi THINK c.K THK LORD 39 but, hast crowned him with glory and honor ; Thou hast, made him to have- dominion over the works of Thy hands ; Thou hast put. all things under his fci-t (P*. viii. ">. t>). Jehovah, remember David, who sware unto Je- hovah, and vowed to the Mighty One of Jacob, If I shall enter within the tent of my house, if I shall go up upon my couch, if I shall give .sleep to mine eyes, until I find out a place for Jehovah, a habitation for tin- Mighty One of Jacob. Lo. we heard of Him at Ephratah, we found Him in the fields of the forest. We will enter into His taber- mieles, we will bow at His footstool. Let Thy priests be clothed with righteousness, and let Thy saints shout for joy (Ps. cxxxii. 1, 7, 9). The passages LI-MI- adduced, however, are but, few. 7. That universal Holy Scripture has l>een written solely about the Lord, Avill be more fully evident from what follows, es- ]>erially from the things to be advanced in the small work on The Holy Scripture. This is the one only snuree of the holiness of the Word, and is what is meant by the words The testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy (Rev. xix. 10). 30 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [K. 8 II. ITS BEING SAID THAT THE LORD FUL- FILLED ALL THINGS OF THE LAW, MEANS THAT HE FULFILLED ALL THINGS OF THE WOK I). 8. At the present day many persons be- lieve that when it is said of the Lord that He fulfilled the law, the meaning is that He fulfilled all the commandments of the decalogue, and thus became righteousness, and also justified the men of this world through this matter of faith. This how- ever is not the meaning. The moaning is that the Lord fulfilled all things written concerning Himself in the Law and the Prophets, that is, in universal Holy Scrip- ture, because this treats solely of Him, as has been said in the foregoing article. The reason why many have believed differently, is that they have not searched the Scrip- tures and seen what is then- meant by " the Law." T.he Law there means, in a restricted N. g] DOCTK1NK OF THK LORD 31 sense, the ten commandments of the deca- logue; in a wider sense, all things written by Moses in the five books ; and in the widest sense, all things of the Word. It is well known that By the Lair !// ,->- stricted sense are meant the ten com annul- ments of the decalot/ni . 9. That by the Ltr in - sages. In Luke : Abraham said to the rich man in hell, They have Moses and the Prophets, let them hear them ; if they hear not Moses and the Prophets, neither will they be persuaded though one rose from the dead (xvi. 29, 31). In John : Philip said to Nathanael, We have found Hiui of whom Moses in the Law and the Prophets did write (i. 45). In Matthew: Think not that I am come to loosen the Law and the Prophets ; I am not come to loosen, but to fulfill (v. 17). 32 DOCTKINK OF THE LORD [x. 9 All the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John (xi. 13). In Luke: The Law and the Prophets were until John ; since then the kingdom of God is evangelized (xvi. 16). In Matthew : All things whatsoever that ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them, for this is the Law and the Prophets (vii. 12). Jesus said, Thou shalt love the Lord thy (iod with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself ; on these two commandments hang all the Law and the Prophets (xxii. 37, 39, 40). In these passages, "Moses and the Proph- ets," and "the Law and the Prophets," mean all things that have been written in the books of Moses and in the books of the prophets. That "the Law" specifically means all things that have been written by Moses, is further evident from the following passages. In Luke. - X. It] IMH-TKIjN'K OF THE LOKl> When the days of her purification, according to the Law of Moses, were fulfilled, they brought Jesus to Jerusalem, to present Him to the Lord ; ;is it is written in the Law of the Lord : Every male that openeth the womb shall be^called holy to the Lord ; and to offer a sacrifice, according to t hat which is said in the Law of the Lord : A pair of turtle doves, or two young pigeons. And the parents brought Jesus into the temple, to do for Him after the custom of the Law. And when they had performed all things according to the Law of the Lord (ii. 22-24, 27, 39). In John : Moses in the Law commanded us that such should be stoned (viii. 5). The Law was given by Moses (i. 17). From these passages it appears that wln-tv such things are spoken of as are written in the books of Moses, they are sometimes called " the Law/' and sometimes " Moses." (So also in Matt. viii. 4 ; Mark x. 2-4 ; xii. 1 ; Luke xx. 28, 37 ; John iii. 14 ; vii. 19, 61 ; viii. 17 ; .xix. 7.) Many things that were commanded also, are called by Moses " the Law," as : 3 34 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. ) Concerning the burnt-offerings (Lev. vi. 9 ; vu 87,. Concerning the sacrifices (Let. vi. 25; vii. 1-11). Concerning the meat-offering (Lev. vi. 14). Concerning leprosy (Lev. xiv. 2). Concerning jealousy (Num. v. 20, 30). Concerning the Naziriteship (Num. vi. 13, 21). And Moses himself calls his books '-'the Law :"- Moses wrote this Law, and delivered it to the priests, the sons of Levi, who bare the ark of the covenant of Jehovah ; and he said to them, Take the Book of this Law, and put it at the side of the ark of the covenant of Jehovah (Deut. xxri. 9, 11, 26). It was placed at the side, because within thf ark were the tables of stone, which in a restricted sense are the Law. Afterwards the lx)oks of Moses are called "The Book of the Law :" And Hilkiah the high priest said unto Shaphan the scribe, I have found the Book of the Law in the house of Jehovah. And when the king had neard the words of the Book of the Law, he rent his garments (2 Kings xxii. 8, 11 ; xxiii. 24). X. Ill] DOCTRINE OF THE LOK1> .'J5 10. That Inj " the Law," in the widest ttftijit'.ni'f. in cii.it f U t/ihif/s nf f/tf; Word, is evident from these passages : .It-Mis said. Is it not written in your Law, I said, Ye are gods ? (John x. 34). (This is written in I 'ft. Ixxxii. 6.1 The multitude answered Him, We have heard out <>f the Law, that the Christ ahideth forever (John xii. 34 ; . (This is written in Ps. Ixxxix. 2!> ; ex. 4 : and in Dan. vii. 11, 14.) That the word might IK; fulfilled that is written in their Law, They hated Me without a cause (John xv. 25). (This is written in Ps. xxxv. 19.) The Pharisees said, Have any of the rulers he- lieved on Him ? But this multitude thatknoweth not the Law are cursed (John vii. 48, 49). It is easier for heaven and earth to pass than for one tittle of the Law to fall (Luke xvi. 17,. (Here "the Law' 1 means all Holy Scripture.) 11. That the statement that the Lord ful- filled all things of the Law means that He fulfilled all things of the Word, is evident from passages where it is said that the Scripture was fulfilled by Him, and that all things were consummated : as from the fol- lowing : 36 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD i'X. 11 Jesus went into the synagogue, and stood up to read, and there was delivered to Him the book of the prophet Isaiah, and He unrolled the book, and found the place where it is written. The Spirit of the Lord is upon Me, because He hath anointed Me, He hath sent Me to preach the gospel to the poor, to heal the broken-hearted, to preach deliv- erance to the captives, and recovering of sight to the blind, to preach the acceptable year of the Lord. And He rolled up the book and said. This day is this Scripture fulfilled in your ears (Luke iv. 16-21). Search the Scriptures, for they testily of Me ( John v. 39). That the Scripture may IK- fulfilled, He that eateth bread with Me hath lifted up his heel against Me (John xiii. 18). None of them is lost, but the son of perdition, that the Scripture might be fulfilled (John xvii. 12). That the word might be fulfilled which He spake, Of them whom Thou gavest Me have I lost. none (John xviii. 9). Jesus said to Peter, Put up again thy sword into its place. How then shall the Scriptures be ful- filled, that thus it must be ? But all this was doin- that the Scriptures of the Prophets might be ful- filled ( Matt. xxvi. 52, 64, 6fl). The Son of Man goeth as it is written of Him, that the Scriptures be fulfilled (Mark xiv. 21, 49). X. ll] DOCTRINE OF THE I.OKD .S7 Thus the Scripture was fulfilled which saith, He was accounted among the transgressors (Mark xv. 28 ; Luke xxii. 37). That the Scripture might be fulfilled, which saith, They divided My garments among them, and upon my under- vesture did they cast a lot (John xix. 24). After this, Jesus knowing that all things were now consummated, that the Scripture might be ful- filled (John xix. 28). When Jesus had received the vinegar, He said, It is consummated, that is. fulfilled ( John xix. 30). These things were done, that the Scripture might be fulfilled, A bone of Him shall not be broken. And again another Scripture saith, They shall look on Him whom they pierced (John xix. 36, 37). Besides other places, where passages are adduced from the Prophets, without its being at the same time said that the Law, or the Scripture, was fulfilled. That all the Word has been written about the Lord, and that He came into the world to fulfill it, He also taught His disciples before His departure, in these words : Jesus said to His disciples. ( ) fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken ! .38 DOi'TKINK OF THK 1.OKI [N. 11 Ought not the Christ to suffer these things, and to enter into His glory " And U'ginning ;it Moses and all the Prophets, He expounded unto them in ;ill the Scriptures the things concerning Himself \Lake xxiv. 25-27). Jesus said to His disciples, These are the words which I spake unto you while I was yet with you, I hat all things must be fulfilled which were written in the Law of Moses, and in the Prophets, and* in the Psalms, concerning Me (Luke xxiv. 44). That in the world the Lord fulfilled all things of the Word, even to the veriest sin- gulars * of it, is evident from these His own words : Verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall not pass from the law, till all things be accomplished (Matt. v. 18). From these passages it may now be clearly seen that by its being said that the Lord fulfilled all things of the law is not meant that He fulfilled all the commandments of * The term singular is the correlative of nuii-t-rsiil, us /Hirtirular is of general. The veriest singulars are the most absolute ones, the most singular or individually distinct of all. [Tit.] N. ll] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 39 the decalogue, but that He fulfilled all things of the Word. III. THE LORD CAME INTO THE WORLD TO SUBJUGATE THE HELLS AND TO GLORIFY HlS HUM AX ; AXD THE PASSION OF THE CROSS WAS THE FINAL COMBAT. WHEREBY HE FULLY CONQUERED THK HELLS, AND FULLY GLORIFIED His HUMAN. 12. It is known in the church that the Lord conquered death, by which is meant hell, and that He afterwards ascended in glory into heaven ; but as yet it has not been known that it was by means of com- bats which are temptations that the Lord conquered death or hell, and at the same time by means of them glorified His Hu- man ; and that the passion of the cross was the final combat or temptation by means of which He effected this conquest and 40 DOCTRINK UF THE LORi> [N. 12 this glorification. Of these temptations many things are said in the Prophets and in David; but not so many in the Evan- gelists. In these, the temptations which He endured from childhood are summarily described by His temptations in the wilder- ness, followed by those from the devil ; and the last of them by the things He suffered at Gethsemane and on the cross. (Concerning His temptations in the wilderness, and by the devil, see Matt. iv. 1-11 ; Mark i. 12, 13; andiufceiv. 1-13.) ' By these temptations, however, are meant all His temptations even to the last of them. He revealed no more to His disciples con- cerning them ; for it is said in Isaiah : He was oppressed, yet He opened not His mouth : as a lamb that is brought to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so He opened not His mouth (liii. 7). (Concerning His temptations at Gethsemane, see Matt. xxvi. 36-44 ; Mark xiv. 32-42 ; and Luke xxii. 3&-4G. And concerning the temptations on the cross, see Matt, xxvii. 33-50 ; Mark xv. 22-37 ; Luke xxiii. 33-49 ; and John xix. 17-34.) X. 12] DOCTRIXK OF THK LORD 41 Temptations are nothing else than combats against the hells.* 13. That the Lord fully conquered the hells by the passion of the cross, He Him- self teaches in Jnltn : Now is the judgment of this world : now shall the prince of this world be cast out (xii. 31 >. The Lord said this when the passion of tin- cross was at hand. The prince of this world is judged (\\ i. 1 1 >. Be of good cheer, I have overcome the world (xvi. 33). In Luke : .Jesus said, I In-held Satan as lightning fall from heaven (x. 18). The " world," the " prince, of the world,' 1 " Satan," and " the devil/' mean hell. That by the, passion of the cross the Lord also fully glorified His Human, He teaches in John : Concerning the Ird's temptations or combats, see the small work on '/'//, \rti- Jerusalem and its HtMrenly /XxXrine, published in London (n. 201 and 302). And con- cerning temptations in general (n. 187-200). i2 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [V. 13 When Judas was gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of Man glorified, and God is glorified in Him ; if God be glorified in Him, God will als" glorify Him in Himself, and will straightway srl< >- rify Him (xiii. 31, 32). Father, the hour is come, glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son also may glorify Thee (xvii. 1). Now is My soul troubled ; and He said, Father, glorify Thy name. Then came there a voice from heaven, saying, I have both glorified it, and I will glorify it again (xii. 27. 28). In Luke: Ought not the Christ to suffer this, and to niu-r into His glory ? (xxiv. 26). These things are said of the Passion. Glo- rification is the unition of the Divine and the Human ; and therefore it is said, "and God will glorify Him in Himself." 14. That the Lord came into the world to reduce into order all things in heaven, and derivatively on earth ; that this was effected by means of combats against th.- hells, which were then infesting every man that came into the world and that went out of the world ; and that He thereby became -V 14j I>0( THINK OF THE I. OKI) 4M Kighteousness, and saved meu, who other- ' wise could not have been saved, is foretold in many passages in the Prophets, of which only a few shall be adduced. [ii] In In'ji.ia h : Who is this that coiueth from Edom, with sprinkled garments from Bnzrah ; this that is glo- rious in His apparel, marching in the greatness of His strength? I that speak in righteousness, mighty to save. Wherefore art Thou red in Thine apparel, and Thy garments like Him that treadeth in the wine-press ? I have trodden the wine- press alone, and of the people there was not a man with Me ; wherefore I have trodden them in Mine anger, and trampled them in My wrath : Therefore their victory is sprinkled upon My gar- ments ; for the day of vengeance is in Mine heart, and the year of My redeemed is come. Mine own ;irm brought salvation unto Me; and I brought down their victory to the earth. He said, Lo, 'hey are My people, sons ; therefore He was their Saviour ; in His love, and in His pity, He redeemed them (Ixiii. 1-9). These things are said of the Lord's combats against the hells. The "apparel" in which He was " glorious/' and which was " red," 44 DOCTKINK OF THE LOK1) [N. 14 means the Word, to which violence had been done by the Jewish people. The ac- tual combat against the hells, and the vic- tory over them, are described by its being said that He " trod them in His anger, and trampled them in His wrath." That He fought alone, and from His own power, is described by, " of the people there was not a man with Me, Mine own arm brought salvation unto Me, I brought down their victory to the earth." That He thereby effected salvation and redemption, is de- scribed by, "therefore He was their Sa- viour; in His love and in His pity He redeemed them." That this was the reason for His advent is described by, " the day of vengeance is in Mine heart, and the year of My redeemed is come." [3] In Isaiah again: He saw that there was not any one, and He was amazed that there was none to interpose ; therefore His own arm brought salvation unto Him ; and His righteousness, it upheld Him ; there- fore He put on righteousness as a coat of mail, and K. 14] DOCTRINE OK THE hORD 45 a helmet of salvation upon His head ; and He put on garments of vengeance, and clad Himself with zeal as a cloak : then came the Redeemer to Zion (lix. 16, 17, 20). These words also treat of the Lord's com- bats against the hells while He was in the world. That He fought against them from His own power, is meant by, " He saw that there was not any one, therefore His own arm brought salvation unto Him." That thereby He became righteousness, is meant by, "His righteousness, it upheld Him, whence He put on righteousness as a coat of mail." That He thus effected redemp- tion, is meant by, " then came the Redeemer to Zion." [4] In Jeremiah : They are dismayed, their strong ones were beaten down, they are fled apace, and look not back .- that day is to the Lord Jehovih Zebaoth a day of vengeance, that He may take vengeance of His enemies, and the sword shall devour, and be sated (xlvi. 5, 10). The Lord's combat with the hells, and His victory over them, are described by its being 40 DOCTKINE OF THE LOKD [x. 14 said that they are dismayed, and that their strong ones being beaten down are fled apace, and looked not back. Their " strong ones," and " enemies," are the hells, for all there feel hatred against the Lord. His advent into the world for this purpose is meant by. "' that day is to the Lord Jehovih Zebaoth a day of vengeance, that He may take vengeance of His enemies." [5] In Jeremiah : Her youiig men shall fall in the streets, and all the men of war shall be cut off in that day (xlix. 26). In Jwl : Jehovah hath tittered His voice before His army ; the day of Jehovah is great and very ter- rible ; who therefore can endure it? (ii. 11). In Z''ji!uniiiiJi : In the day of the sacrifice of Jehovah I will visit upon the princes, upon the king's sons, upon all who are clothed with strange apparel. That day is a day of distress, a day of the trumpet and of sounding (i. 8, 15, lti>. N. 14] DOCTK1NK OF THii LORD 47 In Zeckarlak : Jehovah shall go forth, aud fight against the Nations, as when He fought in the day of battle. And His feet shall stand in that day upon the Mount of Olives, which is before the faces of Jeru- salem. Then shall ye flee into the valley of My mountains. In that day there shall not be light and brightness. And Jehovah shall be king over ;ill the earth ; in that day there shall be one Je- iinvuh. and His name one (xiv. 3-0, 9). These passages also treat of the Lord's com- Utts. "' That day" means His advent. The Mount of Olives that was before the faces of Jerusalem, was where the Lord was Avoiit to tarry. (See Mark xiii. 3 ; xiv. 26 ; Lnkf xxi. 37; xxii. 39; John viii. 1; and elsewhere.) [0] In J)/ : The cords of death compassed me about, the cords of hell encompassed me, the snares of death ;"ir-(ulied me ; therefore He sent out His arrows, and many lightnings, and discomfited them. I will pursue Mine enemies, and catch them, neither will I turn until I have consumed them. I will smite them that they shall not be able to rise. Thou hast girded me with strength unto the war. and 48 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. H Thou shalt put mine enemies to flight ; I will beat them small as dust before the faces of the wind, as the mire of .the streets I will enfeeble them (Ps. xviii. 5, 14, 37-40, 42). The " cords" and " snares of death'' thot encompassed and forestalled, signify temp- tations, which, being from hell, are called also "the cords of hell." These and all other things in this whole Psalm treat of the Lord's combats and victories ; and there- fore it is added, " Thoii wilt make me the head of the nations ; a people that have not known shall serve me" (verse 43). [7] In J>'u-id, again: Gird Thy sword upon Thy thigh, O Mighty <-ne Thine arrows are sharp, the people shall fall under Thee, from the heart of the king's enemies. Thy throne is for ever and to eternity : Thou hast loved righteousness, wherefore God hath anoint* 1 ;! Thee (Ps. xlv. 3, 6-7). These words also treat of combat with the hells, and of their subjugation ; for this whole Psalm treats of the Lord, that is to say, of His combats, His glorification, and N. 14] I>OCTRIKK OF THK LORI) 49 thj salvation of the faithful by Him. Tn David : A fire shall go before Him, it shall burn up His enemies round about ; the earth shall see and ). This Psalm likewise treats of the Lord, and of the like things. [8] Tn Dnr'ul: Jehovah said unto my Lord, Sit Thou at My right hand until I make Thine enemies Thy foot- stool ; rule Thou in the midst of Thine enemies. The Lord at Thy right hand hath smitten kings in the day of His anger ; He hath filled with dead bodies, He hath smitten the head over much land (Ps. ex. 1, 2, 5, 6). That these words are said of the Lord, is evident from His own words in Matt. xxii. 44; Mark xii. 36; and Luke xx. 42. To "sit at the right hand," signifies omnipo- tence ; the " enemies" signify the hells ; " kings," those there who are in falsities of evil. To "make them His footstool," (l smite 4 50 TMMTK.NK ,,K THM I.oKl. [ N . U them in the day of anger," and " fill with dead bodies," signifies to destroy their power ; and to " smite the head over much land," signifies to destroy all. [9] As the Lord alone conquered the hells, without the aid of any angel, He is called HERO, and a MAX OF WAKS (Isa. xlii. 13) ; THE KING OF GLORY, JEHOVAH STRONG AXD MIGHTY ; A HERO OF WAR (Ps. xxiv. 8, 10) ; THE MIGHTY ONE OF JACOB (Ps. cxxxii. 2) ; and in many places, JE- HOVAH ZEBAOTH, that is, Jehovah of the Armies of War. His advent is also called THE DAY OF JEHOVAH terrible, cruel, of in- dignation, of wrath, of anger, of vengeance, of destruction, of war, of the sounding of the trumpet, of tumult, as may be seen from the passages quoted above, in n. I. [1O] As the Last Judgment executed by the Lord when He was in the world was effected by means of combats with the hells, and by their subjugation, this coming Judg- ment is treated of in many passages. As N. 14] DorTKIXK <>F THK LORD .51 Jehovah oometh to judge the earth ; He shall judge the world iu righteousTiess, and the people in truth (Pa. xcvi. 13). And so in many other passages. These are from the prophetical parts of the Word. [11] In its historical parts like things are represented by the wars of the sons of Is- rael with various nations ; for everything that is written in the Word, whether in prophecy or history, is written about the Lord ; and this is why the Word is Divine. Many arcana of the Lord's glorification are contained in the rituals of the Israelitish Church, as for example in its burnt-offer- ings and sacrifices, in its sabbaths and feasts, and in the priesthood of Aaron and the Levites; as they are also in all those other things in Moses which are called laws, judgments, and statutes ; and this is what is meant by the Lord's words to His disciples : That He must needs fulfill all things which are written in the law of Moses concerning Him (Luke xxiv 44) ; 52 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [N. 14 and by His saying to the Jews that Moses "wrote of Him" (John v. 46). [12] From all this it is evident that the Lord came into the world to subjugate the hells, and to glorify His Human ; and that the passion of the cross was the final coin- loat, by which He fully conquered the hells, and fully glorified His Human. But more will be seen on this subject in the following small work on The Holy Scripture, where are collected together all the passages from the prophetical Word that treat of the Lnrd's combats with the hells and His vic- tories over them ; or, what is the same, that treat of the Last Judgment executed by Him when He was in the world ; and also those which treat of His passion, and of the glorification of His Human, which are so numerous that if quoted they would filJ pages. X-. lf>] DOCTBINK OK THK I.OKD 53 IV. BY THK PASSION- OK THK OKOSS THK LORD DID MOT TAKK AWAY SlNS, BUT HORK THEM. 15. Some persons within the church be- lieve that by the passion of the cross the Lord took away sins, and made satisfaction to the Father, and so effected Redemption ; and some, that He transferred to Himself, boiv. and cast into the depths of the sea (that is. into hell), the sins of those who have faith in Him. They confirm them- selves in these notions by the words of John concerning Jesus: liehold the Lamb of God, that taketh away the sins of the world ( John i. 29) ; and by the Lord's words in Jsit'uth: 1 It" ; hath borne our diseases, and carried our sor- rows: He was wounded for our transgressions. He was bruised for our iniquities, the chastisement of our peace was upon Him, and by His wound has health been given us. Jehovah hatii made to 54 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [v }:, fall on Him the iniquities of us all. He was op- pressed [literally, He hath endured exaction], and He was afflicted, yet He opened not His mouth : He is led as a lamb to the slaughter. He was cut off out of the land of the living for the trans- gression of My people, to whom the stroke was due, that He might deliver the wicked into their sepulchre, and the rich into their deaths ; He shall see of the labor of His soul, and shall be satisfied. By His knowledge shall He justify many ; in that He hath borne their iniquities. He hath poured out His soul unto death, and He was numbered with the transgressors, and He bare the sin^ i>t many, and made intercession for the transgressors (liii. 4 to end). Both these passages speak of the Lord's temptations and passion ; and by His taking away sins and diseases, and by the iniqui- ties of all being made to fall on Him, is meant the like as by His bearing sorrows and iniquities. [2] Therefore it shall first be stated what is meant by bearing iniqui- ties, and afterwards what by taking them away. To bear iniquities means to endure grievous temptations ; and also to suffer th^ Jews to treat Him as they had treated the X. In] IKMrj'KINK OF THE LORD 55 Word, which they did because He was the Word. For the church as it then existed among the Jews was utterly devastated, and it was devastated by their having perverted all things of the Word, so that there was not. any truth remaining ; and therefore they did not acknowledge the Lord. This was meant and signified by all things of the Lord's passion. The prophets were treated iu a similar way, because they represented the. Lord in respect to the Word, and de- rivatively in respect to the church, and the Lord was the Prophet. [3] That the Lord was the Prophet is evident from the follow- iiii, r passages : Jo.us said, A prophet is not without honor, save in his own country, and in his own house (Matt. xiii. 57 ; 3farfc vi. 4 ; Luke iv. 24). Jesus said, It cannot be that a prophet i>erish nut of Jerusalem (Luke xiii. 33). They said of Jesus, This is that prophet of Nazareth (Matt. xxi. 11 ; John vii. 40). Fear took hold on all ; and they praised God, saying that a great prophet is risen up among us (Lw vii. 1G). 56 DWTRIXK OF TIIK LOKP [X. 15 That a prophet should be raised up out ->f the midst of their brethren, whose words they -shall obey (Deut. xviii. Io_i9). That the prophets litlderWettt similar treat- ment, is evident from the things which fol- low. [4] In order tliat lie might represent the state of the church, the prophet Isaiah was commanded To loose the sackcloth from off his loins, antl to put off the shoe from his foot, and to walk naked and barefoot three years, for a sign and a wonder (Jsa. xx. 2. 3). In order that he might represent the store of the church, the prophet Jeremiah was commanded To buy for himself a girdle, and put it upon his loins, and not put it in water, and to hide it in a hole of the rock near the river Euphrates ; and after many days he found it rotten (Je r. xiii. 1-7). The same prophet represented the state of the church l>y His nut i;ikinir a wife in that place, i)ur enter- ing into the house of mourning, neither going away N. 15] DOCTRINK OF THE LORD 57 in lament, nor entering into the house of feasting (Jer. xvi. 2, 6, 8). [5] In order that he might represent the state of the church, the prophet Ezekiel was commanded To cause a barber's razor to pass upon his head, and upon his beard, and afterwards to divide it, and to bum the third part of it in the midst of the city, to smite a third part with a sword, and to scatter a third part in the wind : and that he should hind a few hairs in his skirts, and at last cast them into the midst of the fire, and burn them (Ezek. v. 1-4). In order that he might represent the state of the church, the same prophet was com- manded To make vessels of wandering, and to wander to another place in the eyes of the sons of Israel, and to bring forth the vessels by day, and go forth in the evening through a hole dug in the wall, and cover his face so that he should not see the earth : and that so he should be for a wonder to the house of Israel, and should say, I am your sign ; like as I have done, so shall it be done unto you (Ezek. xii 3-7, 11). 5JS DOCTKINK OF THK I.nKP [\. K> [<] 111 order that he might represent the v state of the church, the prophet Hosea was commanded To take to himself a harlot-for a wife ; and lu- te >ok her, and she bare him three sons, one of whom he called "Jezreel;' 1 the second, "That hath not obtained mercy ;" and the third, " Ifot my people" (Uos. i. 2-9). And again he was commanded To go and love a woman beloved of her com- panion, and an adulteress, whom he also bought for fifteen pieces of silver (Hos. iii. 1,2). [7] In order that he might represent the state of the church, the prophet Ezekiel was commanded To take a tile, and engrave upon it Jerusalem, and to lay siege to it, and build a rampart and a mount against it, and to put an iron pan between himself and the city, and to lie on his left side three hundred and' ninety days, and afterwards, i tn his right side, forty days. Also to take wheat, barley, lentils, millet, and spelt, and make bread thereof, which he should then eat by measure. And also that he should make for himself a barley cake with the dung of man ; and because he N. 15] DOCTR1NK OK THE LORD 59 prayed that it might not be so, he was commanded to make it with cow's dung (Ezek. iv. 1-15). The prophets represented other things be- sides ; as, for instance, Zedekiah, by The horns of iron that he made fur himself ( 1 Kings xxii. 11). And another prophet, by being Smitten and wounded, and by putting ashes upon his eyes (1 Kings xx. 35-38). [8] In general, the prophets represented the Word in its ultimate sense, which is the sense of the letter, by a garment of hair (Ze.ch. xiii. 4) ; and therefore Elijah Was clad in such a coat, and was girt about his loins with a leathern girdle (2 Kings i. 8) and in like manner John the Baptist, Who had his raiment of camel's hair, and a leathern girdle about his loins, and ate locust and . wild honey (Matt. iii. 4). From these things it is evident that the prophets represented the state of the church, and also the Word ; for he who represents GO DOCTRINl. (>K THE LORD [N. ir> the one represents the other, because thr church is from the Word, and is according t> the reception of it in life and faith. Therefore prophets, wherever mentioned in 1 Kith Testaments, signify the doctrine of the church from the Word ; and by the Lord, a^ the Grand Prophet, is signified the church itself, and the Word itself. 16. The state of the church from the Word thus represented in the Prophets, is what is meant by bearing the iniquities and sins of the people. That such is the case is evident from the things said of Isaiah the prophet : That he went naked and barefoot three years, for a sign and a wonder (Isa. xx. 3). Of the prophet Ezekiel : That he brought forth vessels of wandering, and covered his face so that he should not see the artli, and that so he was for a portent to the house of Israel, and also said, I am your portent (Ezek. xii. C, 11). [2] That this was for them to bear iniqui- ties, is plainly evident in Ezekid, where X. l;j DOCTRINE OF THK LOKD 61 that prophet is commanded to lie three hundred and ninety, and forty, days, upon his left side and upon his right, against Je- rusalem, and to eat a barley cake made with cow's dung : As we read : Lie thou upon thy left side, and lay the iniquity of the house of Israel upon it, according to the number of the days that tliou shall lie upon it, thou shalt bear their iniquity. For I have laid ujxm thee the years of their iniquity, according to :hc number of the days, three hundred and ninety days, that thou bear the iniquity of the house of Israel. And when thou hast accomplished them, tlmu shalt lie upon thy right side, so that thou bear ih<- iniquity of the house of Judah forty days (Kztk. h. 4-). [3] That by his having thus borne the in- iquities of the house of Israel and of the house of Judah, the prophet did not take them away, and thus expiate them, but only represented and showed them, is evident from what there follows : Thus saith Jehovah, The sons of Israel shall eat their unclean broad among the nations whither I will drive them. Behold, I will break the staff of 02 DOCTRINE OK THE LORD f\. 16 bread in Jerusalem, that they may lack bread ami water, and be desolate a man and his brother, and consume away for their iniquity (verses 13, 10. 17). [4] So when the sum* 1 prophet showed him- self, and said, Behold, I am your portent, it is added, as I hav done, so shall it be done unto them (Ezek. xii. ft, 11). The meaning is therefore the same where, it is said of the Lord : He hath borne <>ur diseases, and carried our sorrows : Jehovah hath made to light on Him flu- iniquities of us all ; by His knowledge hath He jus- tified many, in that He hath borne their iniquities (Isa. I'm. 4, fi, 11) ; where, in this whole chapter, tin- Lord's pas- sion is treated of. [5] That the Lord Himself, as the Grand Prophet, represented the state of the church in respect to the Word, is evident from all things of His passion ; as that, He was be- trayed by Judas; that He was taken ami condemned by the chief priests ami eld*-i> : X. lt!j POCTKIXK OF THE LORD 63 that they buffeted Him ; that they smote Him on the head with a reed ; that they put on Him a crown of thorns ; that they divided His garments, and cast lots for His xiiider-vesture ; that they crucified Him ; that they gave Him vinegar to drink ; that they pierced His side ; that He was buried ; and that He rose again the third day. [6] That He was betrayed by Judas, signified that He was betrayed by the Jewish nation, among whom at that time was the Word, tor Judas represented that nation. That lit \vas taken and condemned by the chief priests and elders, signified that He was so treated by the whole Jewish Church. That they scourged Him, spat in His face, buf- feted Him, and smote Him on the head with a reed, signified that they had done the like to the Word in respect to its Divine truths, ull of which treat of the Lord. That they put on Him a crown of thorns, signified that they had falsified and adulterated those truths. That they divided His gar- ment^ and cast lots for His under-vesture, 64 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 16 signified that they had dispersed all the truths of the Word, but not its spiritual sense, which His under-vesture signified. That they crucified Him, signified that they had destroyed and profaned the whole Word. That they offered Him vinegar to drink, signified that everything had become falsified and false ; and therefore He did not drink it, and then said, It is finished. That they pierced His side, signified that they had completely extinguished all the truth of the Word, and all its good. That He was buried, signified the rejection of the residue of the maternal human. That He rose again the third day, signified His glo- rification. [7] Similar things are signified by these things as foretold in the Prophets and in David. And it was for the same rea- son that, after He had been scourged and brought out wearing the crown of thorns and the purple robe put on Him by the soldiers, He said, Behold the Man ! (John xix. 1, 5). This He said because by " man is signified the church ; for by H. 16] DOCTRINE OK THK LORD f>5 " Son of man'" is signified the truth of the church, thus the Word. It, is evident then from these things, that to bear iniquities means to represent and effigy in one's self sins against the Divine truths of the Word. That the Lord endured and suffered such things as the Son of man, and not as the Son of (rod, will be seen in what follows ; for "the Son of man" signifies the Lord in respect to the Word. 17. Something shall now be said of what is meant by taking away sins. To take away sins means th- same as to redeem man, and to save him ; for the Lord came into the world to render salvation possible to man. Without His advent no mortal could have been reformed and regenerated, and so saved. But this became possible after the Lord had deprived the devil (that is, hell) of all his power ; and had glorified His Human, that is, had united it to the Divine of His Father. If these things had not been done, no man would have been capable of permanently receiving any Di- 5 66 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 17 vine truth, still less any Divine good ; for the devil, whose power was previously the stronger, would have plucked it out of his heart. [2] From what has been said it is evident that the Lord did not take away sins by the passion of the cross ; but that He takes them away, that is, removes them, in those who believe in Him by living ac- cording to His commandments ; as He also teaches in Matthew-: Think not that I am come to loosen the law and the prophets. Whosoever shall loosen the least of these commandments, and shall teach men so, shall be called the least in the kingdom of the heavens ; but whosoever shall do and teach them shall be called great in the kingdom of the heavens (v. 17, 19). [3] Who cannot see from reason alone, pro- vided he is in some enlightenment, th.t sins cannot be taken away from a man ex- cept by actual repentance, which consists in his seeing his sins, imploring the Lord's help, and desisting from them ? To see, believe, and teach otherwise, is not from N. 17] DOCTRINE OF THK LORD 67 the Word, nor from sound reason, but from cupidity and a depraved will, which are proper to man, and from this comes the debasement of his intelligence. V. THE IMPUTATION OK THK LORD'S MERIT IS NOTHING BUT THE REMISSION OF SINS AFTER REPENTAN< K. 18. It is believed in the church that the Lord was sent by the Father to make an atonement for the human race, and that this was 'effected by His fulfilling the law, and by the passion of the cross ; and that in this way He took away condemnation, and made satisfaction ; and that without this expia- tion, satisfaction, and propitiation, the hu- man race would have perished in eternal death, and this on account of justice which by some is called vengeful justice. It is true that without the Lord's advent all in f 08 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 18 the world would have perished ; but how it is to be understood that the Lord fulfilled all things of the law, and why He suffered the cross, may be seen above, in chapters II. and III., which show that it was not on ac- count of any vengeful justice, l>ecause this is not a Divine attribute. Divine attributes are justice, love, mercy, and good ; and God is justice itself, love itself, mercy itself, and good itself; and where these are, there is not anything of vengeance, and therefore no vengeful justice. [2] As the fulfilling of the law, and the passion of the cross, have hitherto been understood by many to mean that by these two things the Lord made satisfaction for mankind, and 1;ook away the condemnation that had been fore- seen or appointed, there has followed from the connection, and also from the principle that man is saved by mere faith that it is so, the dogma of the imputation of the Lord's merit by our receiving, as for satis- faction, these two things that belong to His merit. But this dogma is refuted by what X. 18] !><>< TItlXK OF THK I.OKI) 69 has IKVU said about the fulfilling of the law by the Lord, and al>out His passion of the cross. At the same time we can see that the imputation of merit is a phrase "desti- tute of meaning, unless there is meant by it the remission of sins after repentance. For nothing of the Lord can be imputed to man ; but salvation can be awarded him by the Lord after lie has performed repentance, that is, after he has seen and acknowledged his sins, and has then desisted from them, and this from the Lord. Then is salvation awarded him : not that he is saved by his o\vn merit or righteousness, but by the Lord. who alone has fought and conquered the hells, and who alone still fights for man, and conquers the hells for him. [3] These things are the Lord's merit and righteous- ness, and they never can be imputed to man ; for if they were, the Lord's merit and right- eousness would l)e imputed to man as if they were his ; and this is never done, nor ran l>e done. If imputation were possible, an impenitent and wicked man could im- 70 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 18 pute the Lord's merit to himself, and so think himsell justified, and yet this would be to defile what is holy with things pro- fane, and to profane the Lord's name ; for it would be to keep the thought fixed on the Lord, and the will in hell, and yet the will is the whole man. There is a faith of God, and a faith of man ; those have the faith of God who perform repentance ; and those the faith of man who do not perform repentance, and yet think of imputation ; and the faith of God is a living faith, and the faith of man is a dead faith. [4] That the Lord Himself, and His disciples, preached repentance and the remission of sins, is evi- dent from the following passages : Jesus began to preach, and to say, Repent, for the kingdom of the heavens is at hand (Matt. iv. 17). John said, Bring forth fruits worthy of repent- ance ; and now is the axe laid to the root of tin- trees ; every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire (Luke in. 8, 9). Jesus said, Except, ye repent, ye shall all perish (Luke xiii. 3, 5). X. 18] DOCTKINE OF THE LORD 71 Jesus, preaching the Gospel of the kingdom of God, said, The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God is at hand ; repent ye, and believe the Gospel (Mark i. 14, 15). Jesus sent out the disciples, who went forth and preached that men should repent (Mark vi. 12). Jesus said to the apostles that they must preach in His name repentance and the remission of sins among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem (Luke xxiv. 47). John preached the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins (Luke iii. 3 ; Mark i. 4). BY " baptism" is meant spiritual washing, which is a washing from sins, and is called regeneration. [5] Repentance and the re- mission of sins are thus described by the Lord in John : lie came unto Hie own, but His own received Him not ; but to as many as received Him to them I le power to become the sons of God, even to them that believe in His name ; who were born, not of bloods, nor of tin- will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God (i. 11-13). By " His own," are meant those who were then of the church, where was the Word; 72 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [x. ]H by " the sons of God," and " those who be- lieve in His name," are meant those who believe in the Lord, and who believe the Word; by "bloods,'' are meant falsifica- tions of the Word, and confirmations .of falsity thereby ; " the will of the flesh," is man's Own pertaining to the will, which in itself is evil; "the will of man," is man's Own pertaining to the understanding, which in itself is falsity ; those " born of God,'' are those who have been regenerated by the Lord. From these things it is evident that those are saved who are in the good of love and in the truths of faith from the Lord, and not those who are in what is their own N. 1] DOCTFIXE OK THK I.oKI* 73 VI. THE LORD ix RESPECT TO THE DIVIXE HUMAX IS PALLED THE SON OF GOD ; AXD IX RESPECT TO THE WORD, THE SON OK MAX. 19. In the church, the Son of God is supposed to be the second Person of the Godhead, distinct from the Person of the Father, whence comes the belief about the Son of God born from eternity. As this l)elief has been universally received, and as it relates to God, no one has had any opportunity or permission to think about it from any understanding; not even as to what it is to be born from eternity ; for ;ui y one who thinks about it from the under- standing must needs say to himself, This transcends my understanding; but still I say it because others say it, and I l>elieve it l>ecause others believe it. Be it known, then, that there is no Son from eternity; but that the Lord is from eternity. When 74 DOCTRINK OF THK LORD [. 19 it is known what the Lord is, and what the Son, it will be possible, and not before, to think with understanding of the Triune (kKl. [2 j That i he Lord's Human, conceived of Jehovah the Father, and born of the virgin Mary, is the Son of God, is plainly evident from the following passages. In Luke ; The angel Gabriel was sent from God unto a city of Galilee named Nazareth, to a virgin be- trothed to a man whose name was Joseph, of the house of David ; and the virgin's name was Mary. And the angel entered in to her, and said, Hail, thou that ail highly favored, the Lord is withthee, blessed art thou among women. And when she saw. she was troubled at his word, and cast in her mind what, manner of salutation this might !K'. And the angel said unto her, Fear not, Mary ; for thou hast found grace with God. And behold, thou shalt conceive and bear a Son, and shall call His name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called THE SON OK THK MOST IIx;n. But Mary said unto the angel, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man ? And the angel answered and said unto her, The Holy Spirit shall come upon thee, and the power of the Most High shall over- shadow tliof. \v1n-n-fon- also that HOLT THING N. 19] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 75 which shall be born of thee shall be called THK SON OF GOD (i. 26-36). It is here said, " thou shalt conceive and bear a Son ; He shall be great, and shall l>e called THE Sox OF THE MOST HIGH ;" and further, "that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called THE Sox or GOD ;" from which it is evident that the Human conceived of God, and born of the virgin Mary, is what is called " the Son of Gbd." [3] In Isaiah: The Lord Himself shall give you a sign ; Be- hold, a virgin shall conceive and bear a Son, and shall call His name Gon-wmi-rs (vii. 14). That the Son born of the virgin, and con- ceived of God, is He who is called " God- with-us," thus is He who is the Son of ( Jod. is evident. That this is the case is confirmed also by Matt. i. 22, 23. [4] In Isaiah : Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given ; and the government shall be upon His shoulder : and His name shall be called Wonderful, Coun T selor, God, Hero, FATHER OF KTEKNITY, Prince of peace (ix. 6). 76 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 19 The burden is the same here ; for it is said, " Unto us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given/' who is not a Sou from eternity, but a Son born in the world, as is also evi- dent from the words of the prophet in the next verse, which are similar to those of the angel Gabriel to Mary in Luke i. 32, 3,,. [5] In David : I will make an announcement concerning a stat- ute, Jehovah hath said, Thou art My Son ; this day have I begotten Thee. Kiss the Son, lest He be angry, and ye perish in the way (P*. ii. 7, 12). Neither here is there meant a Son from eternity, but a Son born in the world ; for it is a prophecy concerning the Lord who was to come ; and therefore it is called " a statute concerning which Jehovah has made an announcement" to David. " This day," is not from eternity, but is in time. [6] In David : I will set His hand in the sea. He shall call Me, Thou art My Father. I will make Him My First-born (Ps. lixxix. 25-27). X. iy] D0< THINE OF THE LOR1> 77 This whole Psalm treats of the Lord who was to come, and therefore He is meant by Him who ' shall call Jehovah His Fa- ther," and who shall be the " First-born," thus Avho is the Son of God. [7] And so in other places, where He is called A rod out of the stem of Jesse (Isa. xi. 1) ; An Offshoot of David (Jer. xxiii. 5) ; The seed of the woman (Gen. iii. 15) ; The Only-begotten (John i. 18) ; A Priest to eternity, and the Lord (Ps. ex. 4, 5). [8] In the Jewish Church there was un- derstood by the Son of God the Messiah whom they had expected, and of whom they knew that He was to be born at Beth- lehem. That by the Son of God they un- derstood the Messiah, is evident from the following passages. In John : Peter said, We believe and know that Thou art THE CHRIST, THE SON OF THE LIVING Gon (vi. 69). In the same Evangelist : Thou art THE CHKIST THE SON OF GOD, who should come into the world (xi. 27). 78 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [v. 19 In Matthew : The chief priest asked Jesus whether He was THE CHRIST THE SON OF GOD. Jesus said, I ain (xxvi. 63, 64 ; Mark xiv. 62). In John : These things are written, that ye might l>e- lieve that Jesus is THE CHRIST THE SON OF Gon (xx. 31 ; also Nark i. 1). " Christ" is a Greek word, and means ' thf Anointed," as also does " Messiah" in the Hebrew language ; and therefore John says : We have found the Messiah, which is, being in- terpreted, THE CHRIST (John \. 41). And in another place: The woman said, I know that MESSIAS cometh. who is called CHRIST (iv. 26). [0] It has been shown in the first chapter that the Law and the Prophets, that is, the whole Word of the Old Testament, is con- cerning the Lord, and therefore by the Son of God who was to come, nothing else can N- 193 DOCTKIXE OF THK J.OKD 79 be meant than the Human which the Lord assumed in the world. From this it follows that the Human was what was meant, when Jesus, at His baptism, was called by Jeho- vah, in a voice from heaven, His Son : Tliis is MY BKLOVKD SON, in whom I am well pleased (Matt. Hi. 17 ; Mark i. 11 ; Luke iii. 22). For it was His Human that was baptized. And when He was transfigured : This is MY BELOVED Sox, in whom I am well pleased, hear ye Him (Matt. xvii. 5 ; Mark ix. 7 ; Luke ix. 35). And in other places also, as Matt. viii. 29 ; xiv. 33; Mark iii. 11; xv. 39; John i. .".4. 49; iii. 18; v. 25; x. 36; xi. 4. 20. As by "the Son of God" is meant the Lord as to the Human which He as- sumed in the world, which is the Divine Human, it is evident what is meant by the Lord's so frequently saying that He was sent by the Father into the world, and that He came forth from the Father. By His being sent by the Father into the world, 80 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [tf. 20 is meant that He was conceived from Je- hovah the Father. That nothing else is meant by being sent, and sent by the Fa- ther, is evident from all the passages where it is said that He did the will of the Father and His works, which were that He con- quered the hells, glorified His Human, taught the Word, and set up* a new church, which could not have been done except by means of a Human conceived from Jehovah and born of a virgin, that is, unless God had been made Man. Examine the passages where " sent" occurs, and you will see. As, for instance, Matt. x. 40; xv. 24; Mark ix. 37; Luke iv. 43; ix. 48; x. 16; John iii. 17, 34 ; iv. 34 ; v. 23, 24, 36-38 ; vi. 29, 39, 40, 44, 57 ; vii. 16, 18, 28, 29; viii. 16, 18, 29, 42 ; ix. 4 ; xi. 42 ; xii. 44, 45, 49 ; xiii. 20; xiv. 24; xv. 21 ; xvi. 5; xvii.3,8, 21, 23, 25 ; xx. 21 ; and also the passages where the Lord calls Jehovah " Father." * Latin iiixliinnire, to set up, not originally, but in res- toration and repair. See Translator's Prefatory Notes, p. v. [TK.] N. 2l] DOCTRINK OF THK LORI) 81 21. At the present day many think of the Lord no otherwise than as of a com- mon man like themselves, because they think solely of His Human, and not at the same time of His Divine, when yet His Divine and His Human cannot be sepa- rated. For the Lord is God and Man, and ( iod and Man in the Lord are not two, but one Person, yes, altogether one, just as soul and body are one man, according to the doctrine received in the whole Christian world which was formulated by Councils, and is called the doctrine of the Athana- sian Creed. Therefore, lest any one should in future separate in his thought the Divine and the Human in the Lord, I pray him to read the passages from Luke quoted above, and also the following in Matthew : The birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise. When His mother Mary had been betrothed to Joseph, before they came together, she was found with child of the Holy Spirit. And Joseph her betrothed, being a just man, and not willing to make her a public example, was minded to put her away privily. But while he thought on these 82 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD things, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Joseph, thou son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy betrothed, for that which is begotten (nntus) in her is of the Holy Spirit. And she shall bring forth a son, and thou shaltcall His name Jesus ; for He shall save His people from their sins. And Joseph, being awaked from sleep, did as the angel of the Lord commanded him, and took unto him his betrothed, but knew her not till she had brought forth her first-born son; and he called His name Jesus (i. 18-25). From these words, and from those written in Luke concerning the Lord's nativity, a.nd from others adduced above, it is evident that the " Son of God'' is Jesus conceived of Jehovah the Father, and born of th- virgin Mary, of whom all the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John. 22. He who knows what in the Lord is called " the Son of God," and what iii Him is called "the Son of man," is able to see many of the secret things of the Word ; for at one time the Lord calls Himself " the Son," at another the Son of God," N. 22J IHM THINK (IF THK I,ORI) 83 a nil at another "the Son of man," every- where according to the subject that is being treated of. When His Divinity, His one- ness with the Father, His Divine power, faith in Him, life from Him, are being treated of, He calls Himself "the Son," ami --the Son of God." As, for instance, in John v. 17-26, and elsewhere. But where His passion, Judgment, His advent, and. in general, redemption, salvation, ref- ormation, and regeneration, are treated of, He calls Himself " the Son of man ;'' the reason of which is that He is then meant in respect to the Word. In the Word of the Old Testament, the Lord is designated by various names, being there named Je- hovah, Jah, Lord, God, the Lord Jehovih. Jehovah Zebaoth, the God of Israel, the Holy One of Israel, the Mighty One of Jacob, Shaddai, the Rock, and also Creator, Former, Saviour, Eedeemer, everywhere according to the subject that is being treated of. And the same in the Word of the New Testament, where He is named 84 DOCTRINE OF THE LOUD [x. 22 Jesus, Christ, the Lord, God, the Son of God, the Son of man, the Prophet, the Lamb, with other names, also everywhere according to the subject there treated of. 23. Having stated on what grounds the Lord is called "the Son of God," we will now state those on which He is called "the Son of man." The Lord is called " the Son of man" where the subject treated of is His passion, Judgment, His advent, and, in general, redemption, salvation, ref- ormation, and regeneration. The reason is that " the Son of man" is the Lord in re- spect to the Word ; and as the Word He'suf- fered, judges, came into the world, redeems, saves, reforms, and regenerates. That such is the case is evidentfrom what now follows. 24. That the Lord is called " the Son <>f mari j when His pass-ion is treated of } is evi- dent from these passages : Jesus said to His disciples, Behold, we go up to Jerusalem, and the Son of man shall be deliv- ered unto the chief priests and scribes, and they shall condemn Him to death, and shall deliver N. 24] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 85 Him to the nations, and they shall scourge Him, and spit on Him, and shall kill Him; but on the third day He shall rise again (Mark x. 33, 34). (And so in other places where He foretells His passion, as in Matt, xx. 18, 10; Mark viii. 31, Luke ix. 22.) Jesus said to His disciples, Behold, the hour is at hand, and the Son of man is betrayed into the hands of sinners (Matt. xxvi. 45). The angel said to the women that came to the sepulchre, Remember how He spake unto you, that the Son of man must be delivered into the hands of sinful men, and be crucified, and the third day rise again (Luke xxiv. G, 7). The reason the Lord then called Himself '' the Son of man," is that He suffered Him- self to Ix? treated in the same way as they had treated the Word, as has l>een shown above very fully. 25. That the Lord w called " the Son, of man" when the Judgment is treated of, is evident from these passages : When the Son of man shall come in His glory, then shall He sit upon the throne of His glory, and He shall set the sheep on His right hand, and the goats on the left (Matt. xxv. 31, 33). 86 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 25 When the Son of man shall sit on the throne of His glory, He shall judge the twelve tribes of Israel (Matt. xix. 28). The Son of man shall come in the glory of His Father, and shall render to every one accord- ing to his deeds (Matt. xvi. 27). Watch ye at every season, that ye may be ac- counted worthy to stand before the Son of man (Luke xxi. 36). In such an hour as ye think not, the Son of man cometh (Matt. xxiv. 44 ; Luke xii. 40). The Father judgeth no one, but hath given all judgment to the Son, because He is the Son of man (John v. 22, 27). The reason why the Lord calls Himself " the Son of man" when the Judgment is treated of, is that all judgment is effected according to the Divine truth which is in the Word. That this judges every one, is said by the Lord Himself in John .- If any one hear My words, and l>elieve not, I judge him not, for I came not to judge the world. The Word that I have spoken, the same shall judge him in the last day (xii. 47, 48). The Son of man has not come to judge the world, but that through Him it might be saved : N. 25] DOCTRINE OF THK LORD 87 he that believeth in Him is not judged ; but lie that believeth not is judged already, because he hath not believed in the name of the Only-begot- ten Son of God (iii. 17, 18). (That the Lord judges no one to hell, and easts no one into hell, but that an evil spirit casts himself in, may be seen in the work on Heaven and Hell, n. 545-550, 574.) By " the name" of Jehovah, of the Lord, of the Son of God, is meant the Divine truth, and therefore also the Word, which is from Him, and about Him, and therefore is Him- self. 26. That the Lord -is called " the Son of man" when His advent is treated of, is evi- dent from these passages : The disciples said to Jesus, What shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of the consummation of the age ? And then the Lord foretold the suc- cessive states of the church down to its end ; and of its end He said, Then shall appear the sign of the Son of man, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and glory {Matt. xxiv. 3, 30 ; Mark xiii. 26 ; Luke xxi. 27). 88 DOCTKINK OK THK I.(K1> [x. 2f> " The consummation of the age," means the uist time of the church ; His " coming in the clouds of heaven with glory," means the opening of the Word, and the making manifest that the Word has been written about Him alone. In Ifnin'c! : I saw and behold one like the Son of man came with clouds of the heavens (vii. 13). In the Revelation : Behold, He couieth with clouds, and every eye shall see Him (i. 7). This also is said of the Son of man, as is evident from verse ].'!. I saw and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man (x 89 Hereafter shall ye see the Son of man sitting ;it the right hand of power, and coming in theclonds of heaven (Matt. xxvi. 63, 64). Here He first Confessed that He was tin- Son of God, and afterwards said that they should see the Son of man sitting at the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven, by which is meant that after the passion of the cross He would possess the Divine power of opening the Word and setting up the church anew,* which could not be effected before, because He had not then conquered hell and glori- fied His Human. (What is signified by sit- ting upon the clouds of heaven, and coining in glory, has been set forth in the work on J I !). * See the foot-note on p. 80 90 DOCTRIXE OF THE LORI) [x. -_>7 The Son of man is come to save, and not to / . Let Thy hand be upon the man of Thy right hand, upon the Son of man whom Thou hast made strong for Thyself : so will not we go back from Thee ; quicken us (Ps. Ixxx. 17, 18). "The man of Thy right hand," also means the Lord in respect to the Word ; and so does " the Son of man." He is called " the man of the right hand," because the Lord has power from the Divine truth, which also the Word is, and He had Divine power when He had fiilfilled the whole Word : and therefore He had said That they should see the Son of man sitting at the right hand of the Father, with power (Mark xiv. 62). N. 28] UOCTK1NK OF THK LOKJ) 93 28. Tlint ' '/"' tint nf in tin' 1 tirjnifies the, Lord in ri'siii-i-t t,, t)if Won/, inix tin' rrtisnn irh// tilt* ]>n>i>]ii't* ;<> iri'i-i' railed SOUS of num. The reason why the prophets were called sons of man, was that they repre- sented the Lord in respect to the Word, and consequently signified the doctrine of the church from the Word. In heaven nothing else is understood by "prophets" as mentioned in the Word ; for the spir- itual signification of " prophet," as well as of " son of man," is the doctrine of the church from t/if \Vord ; and, when predicated of the Lord, " prophet" means the Word itself. That the prophet Daniel is called "son of man" may be seen in J) n. viii. 17. That the prophet Ezekiel is called " son of man" may be seen in Ezek. ii. 1, 3, 6, 8; iii. 1, 3, 4, 10, 17, 25; iv. 1, 16; v. 1; vi. 2; vii. 2; viii. 5, 6, 8, 12, 15; xi. 2, 4, 15; xii. 2, 3, 9, 18, 22, 27; xiii. 2, 17; xiv. 3, 13 ; xv. 2 ; xvi. 2 ; xvii. 2 ; xx. 3, 4, 27, 46 ; xxi. 2, 6, 9, 12, 14, 19, 28; xxii. 18, 24; xxiii. 2, 36, xxiv. 2, 16, 25; xxv. 2-, xxvi. 94 DOCTRINE OF THE JLORD [N. 28 2 ; xxvii. 2 ; xxviii. 2, 12, 21 ; xxix. 2, 18 ; xxx. 2, 21 ; xxxi. 2 ; xxxii. 2, 18 ; xxxiii. 2, 7, 10, 12, 24, 30; xxxiv. 2; xxxv. 2; xxxvi. 1, 17; xxxvii. 3, 9, 11,10; xxxviii. 2, 14 ; xxxix. 1, 17 ; xl. 4 ; xliii. 7, 10, 18; xliv. 5. From what has been said it is now evident that the Lord in respect to the Divine Human is called " the Son of God," and in respect to the Word, < the Son of man." VII. THE LORD MADE DIVINE His HUMAN FROM THE DlVINE THAT WAS IX HlM- SELF, AND THUS BECAME ONE WITH THE FATHER. 29. The .Doctrine of the Church that is received in the whole Christian world is that Our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is God and Man, who, although He is God and Man, yet He is not two, but one Christ ; one, by the taking M. 21>] DOCTRINK OF THK UKI> 05 of the manhood into God ; one altogether, by unity of iMjrson ; for as the reasonable soul and flesh is one man, so God and iuan is one Christ. These words are taken from the doe1.rin- of the Athanasian Creed, which has been received in the whole Christian world , and they are what is essential in it concerning the unition of the Divine and the Human in the Lord. What is said further in that Creed about the Lord will l>e explained in its own chapter. From these words it is quite evident that, it is in accordance with the faith of t/i-e Christum Church that the Divine and the Human in the Lord are not two, but one, as the soul and body are one man, and that the Divine in Him assumed the Human. [2] From this it follows that the Divine cannot be separated from the Human, nor the Human from the Divine, for this would be like separating the soul from the body. That this is so must lie admitted by every one who reads what is cited above (n 9, 21) from two of the evan- gelists (namely, Luke i. 20-35, and Matt. i. no r DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 30 Jehovah the Father, and born of the virgin Mary, in time, as has been shown above. [2] That the Lord from eternity is Jehovah Himself, is evident from many passages in the Word, of which at present there shnll be adduced only these few : It shall be said in that day, THIS is OITR GOD ; we have waited for Him that He may deliver us ; THIS is JEHOVAH, we have waited for Him ; we will rejoice and be glad in His salvation (Isa. xxv. 9). From these words it is evident that Jeho- vah God Himself was awaited. The voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of JEHOVAH, make plain in the solitude a path for OCR GOD. The glory of JEHOVAH shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it together. Behold, THE LORD JEHOVIH shall come in strength (Isa. xl. 3, 5, 10 ; Matt. iii. 3 ; Mark i. 3 ; Luke iii. 4). Here, too, the Lord is called Jehovah, who should come. [3] I Jehovah will give thee for a covenant to the people, for a light of the nations. I Jehovah, this 2s. 3t>] LMM;TKINK OK THK j.oi:i> 99 is My name; and My glory will I not give to. in 11 t her (/so. xlii. (J-8). A covenant to the people," ami "a light ut rhe nations/' is the Lord ;is to tin- Hu- niiin ; and as this is from .lehovah, and lias become one with Jehovah, it is said, / /<-- tntrftJi, tJi-ix /x J/// HtiHH', />/ /rill J not f/ii'f fit Kitof/n'r, tliat is, not to another tlian Hiin,self. To give glory, means to glo- rify, or to unite to Himself. [4] THK Loin, -vvlioin yo seek, shall suddi-nly cuin- Rj Hi- tfiiii.li- (.Ve/. iii. 1). l.y the " temple" is meant the temple of His Uody (John ii. 19, 21). THK DAY-SFKiMi KUOM ON jiKin luith visited us (Luke i. 78). " The day-spring from on high" also is Je^ hovah. or the Lord from eternity. From what has been said it is evident that by the Lord from eternity is meant His Di- vine a Quo,* which in the Word is " Jelio- * Literally, the IMvine from which ; that is, the I>iTine which is th source. [Tu.l 9G DOCTRINE OP THE LORD [N. 29 18-25) concerning the Lord's birth ; from which it is manifest that Jesus was con- ceived of Jehovah God, and born of the virgin Mary ; so that the Divine was in Him, and was His soul. As therefore His soul was the very Divine of the Father, it follows that His body, or Human, must also have become Divine ; for where the one is Divine, the other must be so too. In this way and in no other are the FatTier and the Son one, and the Father in the Son and the Son in the Father, and all things of the Son the Father's, and all things of the Fa- ther the Son's, as the Lord Himself teaches in His Word. [3] But how this unition wiis effected, shall be shown in the follow- ing order : i. The Lord from eternity is Jehovah. ii. The Lord from eternity, or Jehovah, assumed the Human to save men. iii. He made Divine the Human from the t Divine in Himself. iv. He made Divine the Human by means of temptations admitted into Himself. r K. 29] DOCTK1XK OK TJIK LORI) 97 v. The full imition of the Divine and the Human in Him was effected by means of the passion of the cross, which was the last temptation. vi. By successive steps He put off the human taken from the mother, and put on a Human from the Divine within Him, which is the Divine Human, and is the Sou of God. vii. That tlms God became Man, as in first principles, so also in ultimates. 30. i. TJiat the Lord from eternity is .! homli, is known from the Word ; for the Lord said to the Jews, Verily I say unto you, before Abraham was, I am (John viii. 58). And He says in another place. Glorify Thou Me, (> Father, with the glory which I had with Thee before the world was (John mil ). Jiy this is meant the Lord from eternity, and not a Son from eternity ; for " the Son'' is His Human that was conceived of 100 DOCTRIXE OF THE LORD [x. 30 vah." But from the passages to be quoted below, it will be evident that by Lord, and also by Jehovah, after His Human was glo- rified, is meant the Divine and the Human together, as a one ; and that by the Son, alone, is meant the Divine Human. 31. ii. That the Lord from eternity, <>, . I, - hovah, assumed the Human to sace ine-n, has been confirmed from the Word in preceding chapters ; and that man could not have been saved in any other way, will be shown else- where. That He assumed a Human, is evi- dent from the passages in the Word where it is said that He went forth from the Father, descended from heaven, and was sent into the world. As from these : I went out f rorn the Father, and am come into the world (John xvi. 28). I went out and am come from God ; neither came I <.f Myself, but He sent Me (Jukn viii. 42). The Father loveth you, because ye have be- lieved that I came out from God (John xvi. 27). No one hath ascended into heaven, but He that came down from heaven (John iii. 13). The bread of God is He that cometh duwn from N. 31] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 101 heaven, and giveth life unto the world (John vi. 33, 35, 41, 50, 51). He that cometh from above is above all ; He that cometh from heaven is above all (John iii. 31 ). I know the Father because I am from Him, and He hath sent Me (John vii. 29). (That to be " sent by the Father into the world" means to assume a Human, may be seen above, at n. 20.) 32. iii. That the Lord made His Hun>u // Divine from the Divine in Himself, is evi- dent from many passages of the Word, of which those shall be here adduced which confirm : 1. That this was done by successive steps : - Jesus grew and waxed strong in spirit and in wisdom, and the grace of God was upon Him (Luke ii. 40). Jesus increased in wisdom, in age, and in grace with God and men (verse 52). [2] 2. That the Divine operated through tJi e Human, as the soul does t/t rouyh the body : The Son can do nothing from Himself, but what He seeth the Father doing (John v. 19). 102 JMM TKINK of JHK I, OKI) I do nothing of Myself, but as My Father hath taught Me, I speak these things ; and He that hath sent Me is with Me ; He hath not left Me alone (John viii. 28, 29 ; v. 30). I have not spoken of Myself, but the Father who sent Me, He hath given Me a commandment, what I should say, and what I should speak (John xii. 40). The words that I speak unto you I speak not of Myself, but the Father that dwelleth in Me, He doeth the works (John xiv. 10). I am not alone, because the Father is with Me (John rvi. 32). [3] 3. That, the Divine and limn mi oper- ated unanimously : What things soever the Father doeth, these also doeth the Son likewise (John v. 19). As the Father raiseth up the dead and quick- eneth them, even so the Son quickeneth whom He will (John v. 21). As the Father hath life in Himself so hath He given to the Son to have life in Himself (Johnv. 20). Now they have known that all things which Thou hast given Me, are of Thee (John xvii. 7). [4] 4. That the Divine watt united to the Human, and the Human to the Divine: N. 8-2] DOCTRINE OF THK LoKI> 103 It ye had known Me ye would have knowli My Father also ; and ye have seen Him. He said to Philip, who desired to see the Father, Have I been so longtime with you. and yet hast thou not known Me, Philip? He that hath seen Me, hath seen the Father. Believest thou not that I am in the Father, ;md the Father in Me ? Believe Me, that I am in the Father, and the Father in M<- (John xiv. 7-11). If I do not the works of My Father, believe Me not ; hut if I do, believe the works ; that y may know and believe that the Father is in Me. and I in the Father (John x. 37, 38). That they all may be one. as Thou. Father, art in Me, and I in Thee (John xvii. 21). At that day ye shall know that I am in My Father (John xiv. 20). No one is able to pluck the sheep out of My Father's hand ; I and the Father are one (John x. 2'.>, 30). The Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand (John iii. 35). All things that the Father hath are Mine (John xvi. 15). All Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine (John xvii. 10). Thou hast given the Son power (putentas) over all flesh (John xvii. 2). All power (potestas) is given unto Me in heaven and on earth (Matt, xxviil. 18). 104 DOCTKIXK OF THE LOKl) [if. $2 [5] 5. That the Divine Human is to be. approached, is evident from these pas- sages : That all may honor the Son, even as they honor the Father (John v. 23). If ye had known Me, ye would have known My Father also (John viii. 19). He that seeth Me, seeth Him that sent Me (John xii. 46). If ye had known Me, ye would have known My Father also ; and from henceforth ye know Him, and have seen Him (John xiv. 7). He that receiveth Me, receiveth Hiui that scat Me (John xiii. 20). The reason of this is that no one can see the Divine Itself which is called " the Father ;" but the Divine Human can be seen ; for the Lord says, No one hath seen God at any time ; the Only- begotten Son who is in the bosom of the Father, He hath set Him forth (John i. 18). Not that any one hath seen the Father, save He that is with the Father ; He hath seen the Father (John vi. 40). Ye have not heard the Father's voice at any time, nor seen His shape (John v. 37). N. 32] IlOCTKIXK OK THK U>1{1> 105 [d] 6. .As tin' Lnrd made, His />!rhn- from tin- l>iinti* t in Himself, i tJn> Human v'.v to be apprmtcliril, nd. even to them Miat iH-lieve ITI His name (John i. 12). That, whosoever believeth in Him should not jierish, but have eternal life (John iii. lo). God so loved the world that He gave His Only- liegotten Son. that whosoever believeth in Him should have eternal life (John iii. 1<>). He that believeth in the Son is not. judged : but he that believeth not hath been judged already. because he hath not believed in the name of the Only-begotten Son of God (John iii. 18). He that believeth in the Son hath eternal life : but he that believeth not the Son, shall not >< life, but the wrath of God abideth on him (John iii. 36). The bread of God is He thatcoineth down from heaven, and giveth life unto the world. He that fometh to Me shal never hunger, and he that be- lieveth in Me shall never thirst. (John vi. 33, 3/i). l(Mi JJOCTK13STK OF THK I.OKU \. : ._ This is the will of Him that sent-Me, that every one who seeth the Son. and believeth in Him. may have eternal life, ami. I will raise him up at the last day ( John vi. 40). They said to Jesus, What shall we do that we may work the works of God'.' Jesus answered, This is the work of God, that ye believe in Him whom He hath sent (Jo/mvi. 28. :.".)). Verily I say unto yon, He that believeth m Me hath eternal life (John vi. 47). Jesus cried, saying, If any one thirst let him come unto Me and drink ; he that believeth in Me. as the Scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water (John vii. 37, 38.) I'nless ye believe that T am. ye shall die in your sins (John viii. 24). Jesus said, I am the resurrection and the life : he that believeth in Me, though he were dead, shall live ; and whosoever liveth and believeth in Mi shall never die (John xi. 25, 20). Jesus said, I ain come a light into the world, that whosoever believeth in Me should not abide in darkness (John xii. 40 ; viii. 12). While ye have the light, believe in the light, that ye may become sons of light (John xii. 3(5). Verily I say unto you, that the dead shall hear the voice of the Son of God, and they that hear shall live (John v. 25). Abide in Me, and I in you. I am the vine* ye N. 32] IMH TKJNK OF THE LOKD 107 are the branches; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit ; for without Me ye can do nothing (John xv. 4, f>). That they should abide in the Lord, and the Lord in them (John xiv. 20 ; xvii. 23). I am the way, the truth, and the life ; no one i oiiieth unto the Father but by Me (John xiv. (!) [T] In these and all other passages where ' the Father' 1 is mentioned, there is meant ! he Divine which was in the Lord from con- ception, and which, according to the Doc- trine of Faith of the Christian world, was circumstanced as is the soul in the body with man. The Human itself from this Divine is the Son of God. Now as this Human was made Divine, therefore, in order to prevent man from approaching the Father only, and thereby in thought, faith, and thence in worship, separating the Father from the Lord in whom the Father is, after the Lord had taught, that Hi' and the Father are one; that the Fa- ther is in Him, and He in the Father ; that all should abide in Him; and that no one cniueth tothe Father but, by Him, He taught 108 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 32 also that we must believe in Him, and that man is saved by a faith directed to Him. [8] Many in Christendom can form no idea of the fact that the Human in the Lord was made Divine, the chief reason of which is that they think of a man from his material body, and not from his spirit- ual body. And yet the truth is that all the angels (who are spiritual) are also men in a complete form ; arid, what is more, the whole Divine which proceeds from Je- hovah God, from its first principles in heaven; down to its ultimate in this world, lias a tendency to the human form.* 33. iv. That the Lord made His J//i/e added only this: Temptations are nothing but coni- * That angels are human forms, and that everything Divine lias a tendency to the ham an form, maybe seen in the work on Heaven and Hell (n. 7:i 77. 453-460), and more fully in the works which follow this present one, which will be from Angelic Wisdom concerning the Lord. N. 33] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 109 bats against evils and falsities ; and as evils and falsities are from hell, temptations are combats against hell. Moreover with the men who are undergoing spiritual tempta- tions, there are present evil spirits from hell, who induce them. The man is unaware that evil spirits induce the temptations ; yet that they do so has been granted me to know from much experience. [2] This is the reason why man is drawn out of hell and elevated into heaven when from the Lord he conquers in temptations ; and this again is why man becomes spiritual, and therefore an angel, by means of temp- tations, or combats against evils. The Lord, however, fought from His own power against all the hells, and completely mas- tered and subjugated them ; and as He at the same time glorified His Human, He holds them so to eternity. [3] For before the Lord's advent the hells had grown up to such a height that they were beginning to infest the very angels of heaven, and also every man that came into the world 110 DOCTRINE OF THE LOUD [jf. 33 and went out of it. The cause of so liigh a growth of the hells was the complete devastation of the church, and the conse- quent prevalence of idolatries which caused the men of this world to be in mere falsi- ties and evils ; and the hells are from men. I lence it was that no man could have been saved unless the Lord had come into the world. [4] Of these combats of the Lord the Psalms and Prophets treat much, but the Evangelists little. It is these combats which are meant by the temptations that the Lord endured, the last of which was the passion of the cross. And it is on ac- count of them that the Lord is called Sa- viour and Redeemer. This is so far known in the church as to lead them to say that the Lord conquered death er the devil (that is, hell), and that He rose again victorious ; and also that without the Lord there is no salvation. That the Lord also glorified His Human, and thereby became the Sa- viour, .Redeemer, Reformer, and Regener- ator to eternity, will be seen in what fol- VS. 38] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 111 lows. [5] That by means of these corn- hats or temptations the Lord has become our Saviour, is evident from the passages quoted above in n. 12-14; and also from this one in Isaiah : The day of vengeance is in Mine heart, anil the year of My redeemed is come ; I have trampled them in Mine anger, I have brought down their victory to the earth ; so He became their Saviour dxiii. 4, 0, 8). This chapter treats of the Lord's combat*. Also from this passage in David : Lift up your heads, ye gates ; and be ye lifted up. y.- doors of the world, that the King of glory may come in. Who is this King of glory ? Jeho- vah mighty and a Hero, Jehovah a Hero of war (/'.s. xxiv. 7, 8). These words also treat of the Lord. 34. v. That tin: full iniitinn of the 1 Urine. n> id the Human in the Lord was effected by means of the pa^inn of the cross, which icas f/tr I'ist temptation, has been established above in its proper cliapter, where it has been shown that the Lord came into the 112 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 34 world in order to subjugate the hells and glorify His Human, and that the passion of the cross was the last combat, by means of which He fully conquered the hells, and fully glorified His Human. Now as by the passion of the cross the Lord fully glorified His Human (that is, united it to His Di- vine, and thus made His Human also Di- vine), it follows that He is Jehovah and (iod as to both the Divine and the Human. And therefore in many passages in the Word He is called Jehovah, God, and the Holy ( hie of Israel the Redeemer, Saviour, and Former. [2] As in the following : Mary said. My soul doth magnify THK LOKI>. and my spirit, hath exulted in GOD MY SAVIOITR (Luke I 46, 47). The angel said to the shepherds, Behold, I bring you good tidings of great joy, which shall be to all people ; that there is born this day, in the i-ity of David, a JSaviour. who is Christ the Lord (Luke ii. 10, 11). They said, This is indeed the Christ, the Saviour of the world (John iv. 42). I Jehovah Got! will help thee, and thy Redeemer is the Holy <>ne of Israel (Inn. xli. 14). K. 34] T>0< TRIXE OF THK I.(tRI) ll.'> Thus salt!) Jehovah thy Creator, Jacob ; and thy Former, X) Israel : for I have redeemed thee. I am Jehovah thy (;<..]. the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour (Isa. xliii. 1. 3). Thus saith Jehovah your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel : I am Jehovah your Holy One, the Creator of Israel, yonr King (Isa. xliii. 14, 15). Thus saith Jehovah, the Holy One of Israel, and his Former (Isa. xlv. 11). Thus saith Jehovah thy Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xlviii. 17). That all flesh may know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. xlix. -2i>\. Then shall the Redeemer come to Zion (Isa. lix. 20). That thou uiayest know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. Ix. Hi). Jehovah thy Former from the womb (Isa. xlix. 6). Jehovah my Rock, and my Redeemer (Ps. xix. 14). They remembered that ( Jod was their Rock, and the High God their Redeemer (Ps. Ixxviii. 36). Thus saith Jehovah thy Redeemer, and thy Former from the womb (Isa. xliv. 24). As for our Redeemer. Jehovah of Armies is His name, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xlvii. 4). 8 114 DOCTKINK OF THK LORD [N. 34 With mercy of eternity will I have mercy on thee, saith Jehovah thy Redeemer (Isa. liv. 8). Their Redeemer is strong, Jehovah of Annies is His name (Jer. 1. 34). Let Israel hope in Jehovah, for with Jehovah there is mercy, and with Him is plenteous re- demption ; and He shall redeem Israel from all his iniquities (Ps. cxxx. 7, 8). Jehovah is my Rock and my fortress ; the horn of uiy salvation, my Saviour (2 Sam. xxii. 2, 8). Thus saith Jehovah, the Redeemer of Israel, His Holy One, Kings shall see and stand, because of Jehovah who is faithful, the Holy One of Israel, who hath chosen thee (Isa. xlix. 7). Surely God is in thee, and there is none else, there is no God. Verily Thou art a God that hidest Thyself, O God of Israel, the Saviour (Isa. xlv. 14, 15). Thus saith Jehovah, the King of Israel, and his Redeemer Jehovah of Armies, Besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv. 6). I ain Jehovah, and besides Me there is no Sa- viour (Isa. xliii. 11). Am not I Jehovah ? and there is no God else besides Me ; and a Saviour, there is none besides Me (laa. xlv. 21). I am Jehovah thy God, and thou shall know no God but Me, and besides Me there is no Saviour (llos. xiii. 4). N. 34] DO< TKIXK OF THK LORD 115 A in not I Jehovah, and there is no other God besides Me ; a just God and a Saviour, there IK none besides Me : look unto Me and be ye saved, all the ends of the earth ; for I am God, and there is none else (Isa. xlv. 21, 22). Jehovah of Armies is His name, and thy Re- deemer the Holy One of Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv. 6). [tf] From these passages it may be seen that, the Lord's Divine called "the Father" (and here " Jehovah" and " God"), and the Divine Human called " the Son" (and here "the Redeemer" and "Saviour," and also " the Former." which means the Re- foriner and Regenerator), are not two, but one. For not only is mention made of Je- hovah, God, and the Holy One of Israel llif Redeemer and Saviour, hut the ex- pression "Jehovah the Redeemer and Sa- viour" is used, and even " I am Jehovah the Saviour, and there is none besides Me." From this it is very evident that the Divine and the Human in the Lord are one Per- son ; and that the Human also is Divine. For the Redeemer and Saviour of the 11(5 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 34 world is no other than the Lord in respect to the Divine Human, and this is what is called the Son. Moreover redemption and salvation are an attribute proper to His Hu- man, which is called merit and righteous- ness ; for it was His Human that endured temptations and the passion of the cross ; and therefore it was by means of His Hu- man that He effected redemption and sal- vation. [4] As, therefore, after the unition of the Human with the Divine in Him, which was like that of the soul and body in man, they were no longer two but one Person (according to the Doctrine of the Christian world), it follows that the Lord is Jehovah and God as to both the Divine and the Human. Arid this therefore is why it is said on the one hand that Jehovah and the Holy One of Israel are the Re- deemer and Saviour, and on the other that the Redeemer and Saviour are Jehovah, as may be seen from the passages that have been quoted. Thus it is said, Christ the Saviour (Luke ii. 11 ; John iv. 42). X. 341 DOf'TRlNK OF THK LOR1> 117 God and the God of Israel the Saviour and Re- deemer (Luke \. 47; Isa. xlv. 15; liv. ."> ; Ps. lviii. 35). Jehovah the Holy One of Israel the Saviour and :ner (Isa. xli. 14 ; xliii. 3, 11, 14, 15 ; xlviii. IT : xlix. 7 ; liv. ">). Jehovah the Saviour, Redeemer, and Former (7a. xliv. G ; xlvii. 4 ; xlix. 26 ; liv. 8 ; Ixiii. 1<> ; 1. o4 : Ps. xix. 14 ; cxxx. 7, 8 ; 2 Sam. xxii. 2, 3). Jehovah God the Redeemer and Saviour, and >e^ides Me there is none else (Isa. xliii. 1 1 ; xliv. <> . xlv. 14, 15, 21, 22 ; JIos. xiii. 4). 35. \"i. /'// sii.rn-xxirf at i- j m tin' Lord jmf off the liiiinun tnki>n frnni fin- nmtfu'r, " n>/ put on a Human from the J >!/!//>' n-ithhi Jfiffi. tchic.h /.s tin- Dii'liif Human, and is the Son of God. That in the Lord were 1 1n- Divine and the .Human, the Divine from Jehovah the Father, and the human from the virgin Mary, is known. Hence He was God and Man, having a Divine essence and a human nature; a Divine essence from the Father, and a human nature from the mother ; and therefore was equal to the Father as to the Divine, and less than the 118 DOCTRINE OF THE l.OKD [\. 30 Father as to the human. It is also kuow.n that this human nature from the mother was not transmuted into the Divine es- sence, nor commingled with it, for this is taught in the Doctrine of Faith which is called the Athanasian Creed. For a human nature cannot be transmuted into the Di- vine essence, nor can it be commingled therewith. [2] In accordance with the same creed is also our doctrine, that the Divine assumed the Human, that is, united itself to it, as a soul to its body, so that they were not two, but one Person. From this it follows that the Lord put off the human from the mother, which in itself was like that of another man, ami thus material, and put on a Human from the Father, which in itself was like His Divine, and thus substantial, so that the Human too became Divine. This is why in the Word of the Prophets the Lord even as to tht- Human is called Jehovah, and God ; and in the Word of the Evangelists, Lord, God, Messiah or Christ, and the Son of God in s IMMTK1NK OF THE LORD 119 whom we must believe, and by whom we an to be saved. [3] As from His birth the Lord had a human from the mother, and as He by successive steps put it off, it follows that while He was in the world He had two states, the one called the state of humiliation or emptying out (ex-inanitw], and the other the state of glorification or unition with the Divine called the Father. H j . was in the state of humiliation at the time and in the degree that He was in the human from the mother; and in that of glorification at the time and in the degree that He was in the Human from the Father. In the state of humiliation He prayed to tb- Father as to one who was other than Himself; but in the state of glorification !! >pok' with the Father as with Himself. In this latter state He said that the Father was in Him and He in the Father, and that the Father and He were one. But in the of humiliation He underwent tempta- tions, and suffered the cross, and prayed to the Father not to forsake Him. For 120 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD fx. &> the Divine could not be tempted, much less could it suffer the cross. From what has teen said it is now evident that by means of temptations and continual victoria in them, and by the passion of the cross which was the last of the temptations, the Lord completely conquered the hells, and fully glorified His Human, as has been shown above. [4] That the Lord put off the hu- man taken from the mother, and put on a Human from the Divine in Himself called the Father, is evident also from the fact that whenever He addressed His mother directly, He did not call her Mother, but Woman. Only three times in the Evangel- ists do we read that He thus addressed or spoke of her, twice calling her Woman, and once not recognizing her as His mother. ( )f the two occasions when He called her Woman we read in John . The mother of Jesus said unto Him. They have no wine. Jesus saith unto her. Woman, what [be- longs] to Me, and to thee ? Mine hour is not yet come (it 3. 4). N. 36] DOCTKINK UK THK U)K1> ll'l When from the cross, Jesus sees His mother, and the disciple standing by whom He loved. H> saith to His mother, Woman, behold thy son ; and then He saith to the disciple, Behold thy mother (xix. 26, 27). And of the one occasion when He did not recognize her, in Luke:- It was told Jesus by certain who said, Thy mother and Thy brethren stand without, desiring to see Thee. Jesus answering said unto them, My mother and My brethren are these, who hear the Word of God, and do it (viii. 20, 21 ; Matt. xii. 46-49 ; Mark iii. 31-35). In other places Mary is called His "mother." but not -from His own mouth. [5] The same inference is confirmed by the fact that the Lord did not admit that He was the son of David. For we read in the Evangelists : Jesus asked tin- Pharisees, saying. What think ye of Christ ? whose son is He ? They say unto Him, The Sun of ]>avid. He saith unto them. How then doth David in spirit call Him Lord, saying, The Lord said unto my Lord, Sit Thou on My right hand till I make Thine enemies Thy foot- 122 DOCTK1NK OF THK I.OKO [>. 35 stool '.' If then David calls Him Lord, how is He his son ? And no one was able to answer Him a word (Malt. xxii. 41-46 ; Mark xii. 35-37 ; Luke xx. 41-44; Ps. ex. 1). From what has been said it is evident that in respect to the glorified Human the Lord was the son neither of Mary nor of David. [6] Of what quality was His glorified Hu- man, He showed to Peter, James, and John when transfigured before theni : That His face shone as the sun, and His raiment was like the light ; and then a voice out of the cloud said, This is My beloved Son, in whom I am well pleased, hear ye Him (Matt. xvii. 1-8 : Mark ix. 2-8 ; Luke ix. 28-36). The Lord was also seen by John as the sun shining in his strength (Rev. i. 16). [7] That the Lord's Human was glorified, is evident from what is said about His glo- rification in the Evangelists : The hour is come that the Son of Man should be glorified. Jesus said, Father, glorify Thy name : then came there a voice from heaven, saying, I both have glorified it and will glorify it again (John xii. 23, 28). N. 35] IXXTRINK OF THE LORD 123 As the Lord was glorified by successive steps, it is said " I both have glorified it, and will glorify it again." Again in the same Evangelist : After Judas had gone out, Jesus said, Now is the Son of man glorified, and God is glorified in Him : God shall also glorify Him in Himself, and shall straightway glorify Him (John xiii. 31, 32). Jesus said, Father, the hour is come ; glorify Thy Son, that Thy Son may also glorify Thee (John xvii. 1, f>). And in Luke : Behooved it not the Christ to suffer this, and to enter into His glory ? (Luke xxjv. 26). These things are said concerning His Hu- man. [8] The reason the Lord said " God is glorified in Him." and " God shall glorify Him in Himself," and also " Glorify Thy Son that Thy Son may also glorify Thee." is that the iinition was reciprocal, being that of the Divine with the Human and of the Human with the Divine. On this ac- count He said also, " I am in the Father, and the Father in Me" (John xiv. 10, 11) ; and 124 DOCTRINK OF THE LOKD [N. 35 All Mine are Thine, and Thine are Mine" i John xvii. 10); so that the unition was plenary. It is the same with all unition unless it is reciprocal, it is not full. Such therefore must also be the uniting of the Lord with man, and of man with the Lord. As He teaches: In that day ye shall know that ye are in Me, and I in you (John xiv. 20). Abide in Me, and I in you ; he that abideth in Me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit (John xv. 4, 5). [9] As the Lord's Human was glorified, that is, made Divine, He rose again after death on the third day with His whole body, which does not take place with any man ; tor a man rises again solely as to the spirit, and not as to the body. In order that men may know, and no one doubt, that the Lord lose again with His whole body, He not only said so through the angels in the sepul- chre, but also showed Himself to His dis- ciples in His human body, saying to them when they believed that they saw a spirit : DOOTKINK OK THK LORD 125 See My hands and My feet, that it is I Myself : handle Me and see ; for a spirit hath not flesh and bones as ye see Me have ; and when He had thus spoken, He showed them His hands and His feet (Luke xxiv. 39, 40 ; John xx. 20). And He said to Thomas, Hcach hither thy finger, and behold My hands; and reach hither thy hand, arid thrust it into My side ; and be not faithless but believing ; then said Thomas, My Lord and my God (John xx. 27, 28). [1O] In order to evince still fiirther that, He was not a spirit but a Man, the Lord said to His disciples, Have ye here any meat ? And they gave Him a piece of a broiled fish, and of a honey-comb ; and He took it and did eat before them (Luke xxiv. 41-43). As His body was no longer material, but Divine substantial, He came in to His dis- ciples when the doors were shut (John xx. 19, 26) ; and after He had been seen He be- came invisible (Luke xxiv. 31). Being such, the Lord was then taken up, and sat at the right hand of God ; as we read : 126 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 35 It came to pass that while Jesus blessed Hi* disciples, He was parted from them, and carried up into heaven (Luke xxiv. 51). After He had spoken unto them, He was car- ried up into heaven, and sat at the right hand of God (Mark xvi. 10). To " sit at the right hand of God," signifies Divine omnipotence. [11] As the Lord ascended into heaven, and sat at the right hand of God (by which is signified Divine omnipotence) with the Divine and the Human united into a one. it follows that His human substance or essence is just as is His Divine substance or essence. To think otherwise would l>e like thinking that His Divine was taken up into heaven and sat at the right hand of (rod, but not'His Human together with it, which is contrary to Scripture, and also to the Christian Doctrine, which is that in Christ God and Man are like soxtl and body, and to separate these is contrary to sound reason. This unition of the Father with the Son, or of the Divine with the Human, is meant also in the following : K. 35] DOCTKIXK OF THE LORD 127 I came forth from the Father, and am come into tlu world ; again I leave the world, and go to the Father (John xvi. 28). 1 go away, and come to Hun that sent Me (John vii. 33; xvi. 5, 16; xvii. 11, 13; xx. 17). If then ye shall see the Son of man ascending win-re He was before (John vi. t>2). >"o one hath ascended into heaven but He that came down from heaven (John iii. 13). Kvery man who is saved ascends into heaven, but not of himself. He ascends by the Lord's aid. The Lord alone as- cended of Himself. 36. vii. Than God became Man, as in /7>.s7 principles so also in nffiimrti's. That (rod is a Man, and that every angel and every spirit is a man from God, has been partially shown in the work on Heaven and 1 1 ell. and will be further shown in the works entitled Anijrll- Wisdom. From the begin- ning, however, ( iixl was a Man in first prin- ciples and not in ultimates : but after He hail assumed the Human in the world, He l>eeame a Man in ultimates also. This fol- lows from what has been already established 128 DOCTRINE OF THE LOKD |_X. 36 that the Lord united His Human to His Divine, and thus made His Human Divine. It is from this that the Lord is called the beginning and the end, the first and the last, the Alpha and the Omega : I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end, saith the Lord, who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty (Rev. i. 8, 11). When John saw the Son of man in the midst of the seven lampstands, he fell at Ills feet as dead ; but He laid His right hand upon him, saying, I am the first and the last (Rev. i. 13, 17 ; ii. 8 ; xxi. 6). Behold, I come quickly, to give every one ac- cording to his work : I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last (xxii. 12, 13). Thus saith Jehovah the King of Israel, and his Redeemer Jehovah of Armies, I am the first and the last (Isa. xliv. ; xlviii. 12). N. 37 J UOI.'TKINK OK THK J.OKL> 129 VI 11. THE LOKD is GOD HI.MSKLK, FROM WHOM AND COXCERXTNc; WHOM IS THK WORD. 37. In chapter I. we undertook to show that universal Holy Scripture treats of tin- Lord, and that the Lord is the Word. This shall now be further shown from passages of the Word in wliich the Lord is called "Jehovah/' the "God of Israel and of Jacob," the " Holy One of Israel," the " Lord," and " God ;" a'nd also " King," " Je- hovah's Anointed," .and " David." I may first mention that I have been permitted to run through all the Prophets and the Psalms of David, and to examine each verse and see what it treats of, and I have seen that the only subjects treated of are : the church set up anew and to be set up anew by the Lord; the advent, combats, glorification, redemption, and salvation, of the Lord; heaven from Him; and, with these, their opposites. As all these are works of the Lord, it became evident that 9 130 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [x. 37 universal Holy Scripture is concerning Him, and therefore that the Lord is the Word. [2] But this can be seen only by those who are in enlightenment from the Lord, and who also know the spiritual sense of the Word. All the angels of heaven are in this sense, and therefore when the Word is being read by a man, they so comprehend it. For spirits and angels are constantly with man. and as they are spiritual they understand spiritually all that a man understands naturally. That all Holy Scripture is concerning the Lord, may be obscurely seen, and as through a glass, darkly, from the passages of the \Vord already cited in chapter I. (n. 1-6), as also from those concerning the Lord now to be quoted, to show how frequently He is called the Lord [that is, Jehovah] and God ; and from which it is apparent that it is He who spoke through the prophets, by whom it is everywhere said, ' ; Jehovah spake/' " Thus saith Jehovah," " The saying of Jehovah." N. 37] DOCTK1NK OF THK J.OKD 131 [3] That the Lord existed before His ad- vent into the world, is evident from the fol- lowing passages : John the Baptist said concerning the Lord, He it is who coining after ine was before me, whose shoe's latchet I am not worthy to unloose. This is He of whom I said, After me cometh a man who was before me, for He was before me (John i'. 27, 30). They fell down before the throne (on which was the Lord) saying, We give Thee thanks, Lord God Almighty, who art, and who wast, and who art to come (Rev. xi. 10, 17). Thou Bethlehem Ephratah, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, out of thee shall He go forth unto Me that shall be Ruler in Israel, whose goings forth have been from of old, from the days of eternity (Micah \. 2). The same is evident from the Lord's words in the Evangelists : that He " was before Abraham,'' that He had glory with the Father " before the foundation of the world," that He " had gone forth from thu Father," and that "the Word was frorh the beginning with God," that " God was the Word," and that this " was made flesh." 132 DOCTRINE UK THE LORD [x. 37 That the Lord is called " Jehovah/' the "God of Israel and of Jacob," the "Holy One of Israel," " God," and " Lord/' and also "King," "Jehovah's Anointed," and " David," is evident from what now follows. 38. That the Lord As- called "JeJwr,,!,," is evident from these passages : , Thus saith Jehovah thy Creator, O Jacob, anil thy Former, O Israel, Fear not, for I have re- deemed thee. I am Jehovah thy God, the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour (/so. xliii. 1, 3). I am Jehovah your Holy One, the Creator of Israel, your King (verse 15). The Holy One of Israel, and his Former, O God of Israel, the Saviour (Isa. xlv. 11, 16). That all flesh may know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. xlix. 20). That thou mayest know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. Ix. 10). Jehovah thy Former from the womb (Isa. xlix. o). Jehovah my Rock, and my Redeemer (Ps. xix. 14). Thus saith Jehovah thy Maker and Former from the womb. Thus saith Jehovah the King of N. 38] IMK'TKINT. OK THK LORD 1,33 Israel, and his Redeemer, Jehovah <>f Armies (Isa. zliv. 2, 6). As for our Redeemer, Jehovah of Annies is His name, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xlvii. 4). With the mercy of eternity will I have mercy on thee, saith Jehovah thy Redeemer (Isa. liv. 8). Their Redeemer is strong, Jehovah of Annies is His name (Jer. i. 34). Jehovah God, my Rock, my fortress, the horn of my salvation, my Saviour (2 Sam. xxii. 2, 3). Thus saith Jehovah your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xliii. 14; xlviii. 17). Thus saith Jehovah the Redeemer of Israel, his Holy One, Kings shall see (Isa. xlix. 7). I am Jehovah, and besides Me there is no Sa- viour (Isa. xliii. 11). Am not I Jehovah, and there is none besides Me, and there is no Saviour besides Me. Look unto Me and be ye saved all the ends of the earth (Isa. xlv. 21, 22). I am Jehovah thy God, and there is no Saviour besides Me (Hos. xiii. 4). Thou hast redeemed me, O Jehovah (;<>,! of truth (Ps. xxxi. 5). Let Israel hope in Jehovah, for with Jehovah there is mercy, and with Him is plenteous re- demption, and He shall redeem Israel from all his iniquities (Ps. cxxx. 7, 8). Jehovah of Armies is His name, and thy Re- 134 DOCTRINE OF THK LOKJL> [_X. :',& deemer the Holy One of Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv. 5). In these passages Jehovah is called the " Redeemer and Saviour ;" and as the Lord alone is the Redeemer and Saviour, it is He who is meant by " Jehovah." That the Lord is Jehovah, that is, that Jehovah is the Lord, is evident also from the follow- ing passages : There shall come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse, and a shoot out of his roots shall bear fruit, and the Spirit of Jehovah shall rest, upon Him (Isa. xi. 1, 2). It shall be said in that day, Lo, this is our God ; we have waited for Him, and He will save us ; this is Jehovah, we have waited for Him ; we will rejoice and be glad in His salvation (Inn. xxv. 9). The voice of him that crieth in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of Jehovah, make plain in the solitude a pathway for our God. For the glory of Jehovah shall be revealed, and all flesh shall see it. Behold the Lord Jehovih shall come in strength, and His arm .shall rule for Him (Isa. xl. 3, 6, 10). I Jehovah will give thee for a covenant to the X. 38] DOCTKINE OF THK LORD 135 people, for a light of the nations. I am Jehovah, that is My name, and My glory will I not give to another (Isa. xlii. (5, 8). Behold the days come that I will raise unto David a righteous offshoot, who shall reign a King, and shall prosper, and shall execute judgment and justice in the earth ; and this is His name whereby He shall be called, Jehovah our righteousness (Jer. xxiii. 5, 6; xxxiii. 15, 16). Thou Bethlehem Ephratah, out of thee shall He go forth unto Me that shall be a Ruler in Israel ; He shall stand and feed [His flock] in the strength of Jehovah (Micah \. 2, 4). Unto us a child is born, unto us a son is given, and the government shall be upon His shoulder, and His name shall be called God, Hero, the Father of eternity, upon the throne of David to establish and to found it in judgment and in justice, from henceforth and even to eternity (Isa. ix. (I, 7). Jehovah shall go forth and fight against the nations ; and His feet shall stand upon the Mount of Olives before the faces of Jerusalem (Zech. xiv. 3, 4). Lift up your heads, O ye gates ; and be ye lifted up, ye doors of the world, that the King of L'lory may come in. Who is this King of glory ? Jehovah strong and a Hero, Jehovah a Hero of war (Ps. xxiv. 7-10). In that day shall Jehovah of Annies be for a 136 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [X. 88 crowu of ornament, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue of His people (Isa. xxviii. o). I will send you Elijah the prophet, before the coming of the great day of Jehovah (Mai. iv. 5). Not to mention other passages where mention Ls made of the great and near day of Jehovah ; :is Ezek. xxx. 3; Joel ii. 11 ; Amos v. 18, 20; Zeph. i. 14, 16, 18. 39. ii. That the Lord is called " the God of Israel" and " the God of Jacob," is evi- dent from the following passages : Moses took the blood and sprinkled it upon the people, and said, Behold the blood of the cove- nant which Jehovah hath made with you. And they saw the God of Israel, under whose feet was as it were a work of sapphire stone, and as it WTI- the substance of heaven (Exod. xxiv. 8, 10). The multitude wondered when they saw the dumb speaking, the lame walking, and the blind seeing ; and they glorified the God of Israel (Matt. xv. 31). Blessed be the Lord God of Israel, for He hath visited and wrought deliverance for His people Israel, when He raised up a horn of salvation for us in the house of David (Luke i. 08, 69). I will give thee the treasures of darkness, and hidden riches of secret places, that thou mayrst. N. 39] DOCTRINK OK THB LOKD 137 know that I Jehovah, who have called thee by thy name, am the God of Israel (Isa. xlv. 3). house of Jacob, who swear in the name of Jehovah, and of the God of Israel ; for they are called of the city of holiness, and stay themselves upon the God of Israel, Jehovah of Armies is His name (Isa. xlviii. 1, 2). Jacob shall see his children in the midst of him, they shall sanctify My name, and they shall sanctify the Holy One of Jacob, they shall fear the God of Israel (Isa. xxix. 23). In the end of the days many people shall go and say, Come ye and let us go up to the mountain of Jehovah, to the house of the God of Jacob, who shall teach us of His ways, that we may walk in His paths (Isa. ii. 2, 3 ; Micah iv. 1, 2). That all flesh may know that I Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. xlix. 20). 1 Jehovah am thy Saviour and thy Redeemer, the Mighty One of Jacob (Isa. Ix. 16). Thou art in pain, O earth, before the Lord, before the God of Jacob (Ps. cxiv. 7). David sware to Jehovah, he vowed to the Mighty One of Jacob, Surely I will not come into the tent of my house, until I find out a place for Jehovah, a habitation for the Mighty One of Jacob ; we have heard of Him at Ephratah (Bethlehem) (Pa. cxxxii. 2, 3, 5, 0). 138 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [if. 39 be the God of Israel ; the whole earth shall be filled with His glory (Pa. Ixxii. 18. 19). Not to quote those passages in which the Lord is called the God of Israel the Redeemer and Sa- viour ; as Luke i. 47; Jaa. xlv. 15; liv. 5; Pa. Ixxviii. 35. Besides many other passages, in which He is called the God of Israel only ; as Isa. xvii. 6 ; xxi. 10. 17; xxiv. 15; xxix. 23; Jer. vii. 3; ix. ir>: xi. 3; xiii. 12; xvi. 9; xix. 3, 15; xxiii. 2; xxiv. 5 ; xxv. 15, 27 ; xxix. 4, 8, 21, 25 ; xxx. 2 ; xxxi. 23 ; xxxii. 14, 15, 36 ; xxxiii. 4 ; xxxiv. 2, 13 ; xxxv. 13, 17, 18, 19 ; xxxvii. 7 ; xxxviii. 17 ; xxxix. 16 ; xlii. 9, 15, 18 ; xliii. 10 ; xliv. 2, 7, 11, 25 ; xlviii. 1 ; 1. 18 ; li. 33 ; Ezek. viii. 4 ; ix. 3 ; r. 11), 20 ; xi. 22 ; xliii. 2 ; xliv. 2 ; Zeph. ii. 9 ; Pa. xli. 13 ; lix. 5 ; Ixviii. 8. , 40. iii. That the Lordi* called "the Holy One of Israel" is evident from these pas- sages : The angel said to Mary, That Holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of (.0(1 (Luke i. 35). I saw in the visions, and behold, a Watcher and a Holy One came down from heaven (Dan. iv. 13, 23). God came from Teman, and the Holy One from Mount Paran (Ifab. iii. 3). N. 40] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 139 I ain Jehovah your Holy One, the Creator of Israel, your King (Isa. xliii. 15). The Holy One of Israel, and his Former (Isa. xlv. 11). Thus saith Jehovah, the Redeemer of Israel, His Holy One (Isa. xlix. 7). I am Jehovah thy God, the Holy One of Israel thy Saviour (Isa. xliii. 3). As for our Redeemer, Jehovah of Armies is His name, the Holy On,e of Israel (Isa. xlvii. 4). Thus saith Jehovah your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xliii. 14; xlviii. 17). Jehovah of Armies is His name, and thy Re- deemer the Holy One of Israel (Isa. liv. 5). They tempted God, and the Holy One of Israel (Ps. Ixxviii. 41). They have forsaken Jehovah, and have pro- voked the Holy One of Israel (Isa. i. 4). They have said, Cause the Holy One of Israel to cease from our faces , wherefore thus saith the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xxx. 11, 12). Who say, Let Him hasten His work that we may see, and let the counsel of the Holy One of Israel draw nigh and come (Isa. v. 19). In that day they shall stay upon Jehovah, the Holy One of Israel, in truth (Isa. x. 20). Cry out and shout, daughter of Ziou, for great is the Holy One of Israel in the midst of thee (I.a. xli. 6). 140 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 40 The saying of the God of Israel, In that day shall a man look to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the Holy One of Israel (/a. xvii. 6, 7). The meek shall increase their joy in Jehovah, and the needy among men shall rejoice in the Holy One of Israel (Isa. xxix. li) ; xli. 16). Nations shall run unto thee because of Jehovah thy God, and because of the Holy One of Israel (Isa. Iv. 5). The isles shall confide in Me, to bring thy sons from far, unto the name of Jehovah of Armies, and to the Holy One of Israel (Isa. Ix. 9). The land is full of guilt against the Holy One of Israel (Jer. li. 5). Babylon hath been proud against Jehovah, against the Holy One of Israel (Jer. i. 29). (Besides many other passages.) By " the Holy One of Israel" is meant the Lord as to the Divine Human ; for the angel Gabriel said to Mary, " That Holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of God" (Luke i. 35). That Jeho- vah and the Holy One of Israel, although distinctively mentioned, are one and the same, is evident from the passages here N. 40] DOCTRINE OF THE LOKD 141 quoted, in which it is said that Jehovah is that Holy One of Israel. 41. iv. That the Lord is called " Lord" and " God," is evident from so many pas- sages that if quoted they would fill pages. Let these few suffice : When by the Lord's command Thomas had seen HLs hands and touched His side, he said, My Lord and my God (John xx. 27, 28). They remembered that God was their Rock, and the High God their Redeemer (Ps. Ixxviii. 35). Jehovah of Armies is His name, and thy Re- deemer the Holy One of Israel, the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv. 5). The same is evident from the fact that they adored Him, and fell upon their faces before Him {Matt. ix. 18 ; xiv. 33 ; rv. 25 ; xxviii. 9 ; Mark i. 40 ; v. 22 ; vii. 25 ; x. 17 ; Luke xvii. 15, 16 ; John ix. 38). So in David : We heard of Him at Ephratah ; we will enter into His dwelling places, and will bow ourselves at His footstool (Ps. cxxxii. 6, 7) And it is the same in heaven : 142 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 41 I was in the spirit, and behold a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne like a jasper and sardine stone, and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald. And the four and twenty elders fell down before Him that sat on the throne, and adored Him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne (Rev. iv. 2, 3, 10). I saw in the right hand of Him that sat upon the throne a book sealed within and on the back side, sealed with seven seals, and no one was able to open the book. Then one of the elders said, Behold the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof ; and I beheld in the midst of the throne a Lamb standing, and He came and took the book, and they fell down before the Lamb, and worshiped Him that liveth for ever and ever (v. 1, 3, r>-8. 14). 42. v. T)i& reason why the Lord is caUed " King" and " the Anointed" is that He was the Messiah, or Christ ; and " Messiah" or " rhrist" means the king and the anointed. This is why, in the Word, the Lord is meant by "king," and also by "David," who was king over Judah and Israel. That N. 42 J DOCTKINE OF THE LORD 143 the Lord is called " king" and " Jehovah's anointed," is evident from many passages in the Word : The Lamb shall overcome them ; for He is Lord of lords and King of kings (Rev. xvii. 14). He that sat upon the white horse had on His vesture a name written, King of kings and Lord of lords (xix. 16). It is from the Lord's being called a " king,'' that heaven and the church are called His " kingdom," and that His advent into the world is called "the Gospel of the king- dom." That heaven and the church are called His kingdom, may be seen in Matt. xii. 28 ; xvi. 28 ; Mark i. 14, 15 ; ix. 3 ; xv. 43 ; Luke i. 33 ; iv. 43 ; viii. 1, 10 ; ix. 2, 11, 60 ; x. 11 ; xvi. 16 ; xix. 11 ; xxi. 31 ; xxii. 18; xxiii. 51. And in Daniel: God shall set up a kingdom which shall never be destroyed ; it shall break in pieces and con- sume all these kingdoms, and it shall stand for- ever (ii. 44). I saw in the night visions, and behold one like the Son of man came with the clouds of the 144 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 42 heavens. And there was given Him dominion, and glory, and a kingdom, that all peoples, nations, and languages should worship Him ; His dominion is an everlasting dominion, and His kingdom that which shall not be destroyed (vii. 13, 14, 27). That His advent is called " the Gospel of the kingdom," may be seen in Matt. iv. 23; ix. 35; xxiv. 14. 43. vi. That the Lord is called" David," is evident from these passages : In that day they shall serve Jehovah their God, and David their king, whom I will raise up to them (Jer. xxx. 8, 9). Afterwards the sons of Israel shall return, and shall seek Jehovah their God, and David their king, and shall come with fear to Jehovah, and to His goodness in the end of days (Hos. iii. 5). I will raise up one shepherd over them, who shall feed them ; My servant David, he shall feed them, and he shall be their shepherd : and I Je- hovah will be their God. and My servant David a prince in the midst of them (Ezek. xxxiv. 23, 24). That they may be My people, and that I may be their God ; and Da /id My servant shall be king over them, that they may all have one shepherd ; then shall they dwell upon the land, they and their sons and their sons' sons, even to eternity ; and N. 43] DOCTRrXK OF THE LORD 145 David shall be their prince to eternity ; and I will make a covenant of peace, and it shall be a cove- nant of eternity with them (Ezek. xxxvii. 23-20). I will make a covenant of eternity with you, the sure mercies of David : behold, I have given him for a witness to the people, a prince and a law- giver to the nations (Isa. Iv. 3, 4). In that day I will raise up the tent of David that is fallen, and close up the breaches thereof ; I will restore his ruins, and will build it as in the days of eternity (Amos is. 11). The house of David shall be as God, as the angel of Jehovah before them (Zech. xii. 8). In that day there shall be a fountain open to the house of David (Zech. xiii. 1). 44. He who knows that the Lord is meant lv David, may know why David so fre- quently wrote of the Lord in his Psalms while writing about himself ; as in these words: I have made a covenant with My chosen. I have sworn unto David My servant ; thy seed will I es- tablish to eternity, and will build up thy throne to generation and generation; and the heavens shall confess thy wonder, thy truth also in the con- gregation of the saints. Thou spakest in vision to Thine holy one and saidst, I have laid help upon 10 146 DOCTRINE OF THE KoKD [N. 44 one that is mighty, I have exalted one chosen out of the people, I have found David My servant, with My holy oil have I anointed him, with whom My hand shall be established, Mine arm also shall strengthen him, My truth ami My mercy shall be with him, and in My name shall his horn be ex- alted, I will set his hand in the sea, and his right hand in the rivers. He shall cry unto Me, Thou art my Father, iny God, and the rock of my sal\a- tion. I will also make him My first-born, higher than the kings of the earth ; My covenant shall stand fast with him ; his seed will I make to en- dure to eternity, and his throne as the days of the heavens. Once have I sworn by My holiness that I will not lie unto David ; his seed shall en- dure to eternity, and his throne as the sun before Me ; it shall be established to eternity as the moon, and a faithful witness in the clouds ( Pa. Ixxxijc. 3-5, 19-21, 24-29, 86-37). And so in other Psalms, as Pa. xlv. 1-17 ; cxxiL 4, 6 ; cxxxii. 8-18. N. 4;">]J DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 147 IX. GOD is ONE, AND TriE LORD is THAT GOD. 45. From the numerous passages quoted from the Word in the preceding chapter, it is .-vident that the Lord is called Jeho- vah, the God of Israel and of Jacob, the Holy One of Israel, Lord, and God, and also King, the Anointed, and David, from which it may be seen, as yet however as through a glass, darkly, that the Lord is God Him- self, from and about whom is the Word. Now it is known in the whole world that God is one, and no man possessed of sound reason denies it. It remains therefore to confirm this from the Word ; and, in addi- tion, that the Lord is that God. i. That God is one, is confirmed by these passages of the Word : Jesus said, The first of all the commandments is, Hear, O Israel, The Lord our God is one Lord ; therefore thou shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul (Mark xii. 29, 30). 148 DOCTRINE OK THE LORD [.V. 45 Hear, O Israel, Jehovah our God is one Jehovah ; and thou shalt love Jehovah thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul (Deut. \i. 4, 5). One came unto Jesus and said. Good Master, what good thing shall I do that I may have eternal life ? Jesus said unto him, Why callest thou Me good '? There is none good but the one God (Matt. xix. 16, 17). That all the kingdoms of the earth may know that Thou alone art Jehovah (Isa. xxxvii. 20). I am Jehovah and there is none else ; there is no God besides Me : that they may know from the rising of the sun, and from the west, that there is no God besides Me : I am Jehovah and there is none else (Isa. xlv. o, 6). O Jehovah of Annies, God of Israel, that dwt-ll- est on the cherubim, Thou art the God, even Thou alone, over all the kingdoms of the earth (Isa. xxxvii. 10). Is there a God besides Me ? and a Kock ? I know not any (Isa. xliv. 8). Who is God save Jehovah ? and who is :i i;rk save our God ? (Ps. xviii. 31). ii. That the Lord is that God, is con- firmed by these passages of the Word : Surely God is in thee, and there is none rlst-, there is no God. Verily Thou art a God that hidest N. 45] DOCTBIVE OF THK LORD 149 Thyself, O God of Israel, the Saviour (Isa. xlv. 14, 15). Have not I Jehovah ? and there is no God else besides Me, a just God and a Saviour, there is none besides Me. Look unto Me that ye may be saved, all the ends of the earth ; for I am God, and there is none else (Isa. xlv. 21, 22). I am Jehovah, and besides Me there is no Sa- viour (Isa. xliii. 11). I am Jehovah thy God, and thou shalt acknowl- edge no God but Me ; for there is no Saviour be- sides Me (Hos. xiii. 4). Thus saith Jehovah the King of Israel, and his Redeemer Jehovah of Armies, I am the First and I am the Last, and besides Me there is no God (Isa. xliv. 6). Jehovah of Armies is His name, and thy Re- deemer the Holy One of Israel ; the God of the whole earth shall He be called (Isa. liv. 5). In that day Jehovah shall be king over all the earth ; in that day there shall be one Jehovah, and His name one (Zech. xiv. !>). As the Lord alone is the Saviour and the Redeemer, and as it is said that Jehovah is that Saviour and Redeemer, and that there is none besides Him, it follows that the one God is no other than the. Lord. 150 DOCTKINK OK THK LORI) [N. 46 X. THE HOLY SPIRIT is THE DIVINE PRO- CEEDING FROM THE LORD, AND THIS 18 THE LORD HIMSELF. 46. Jesus has said in Mattfn'tr :' All power (potestas) is given unto Me in heavsn and on earth ; go ye therefore and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them into the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit ; teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you ; and lo I am with you all the days even to the consummation of the age (xxviii. 18-20). It has already been shown that the Di- vine called " the Father," and the Divine called " the Son," are a one in the Lord ; and it shall now be shown that " the Holy Spirit" is the same as the Lord. [2] The reason why the Lord said that they were to baptize into the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, is that there is in the Lord a trine or trinity ; for N. 46] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 151 there is the Divine called the Father, the Divine Human called the Son, and the pro ceeding Divine called the Holy Spirit. The Divine called the Father, and the Divine called the Son, are the Divine ex Quo ;* and the proceeding Divine is the Divine per Quod.^ That the Divine which pro- ceeds from the Lord is no other than the Divine which is Himself, will be seen in the treatises on the Divine Providence, Omnipo- tence, Omnipresence, and Omniscience ; $ for it is a matter of deep investigation. [3] That there is a trine in the Lord may be illustrated by comparison with an angel, who has a soul and a body, and also a pro- ceeding. That which proceeds from him is himself outside of him. I have been permitted to learn many things about this proceeding, but this is not the place to pre- sent them. [4] After death the first thing Literally, the Divine from which ; that is, the Divine which is the source. [TB.] t Literally, theDiviiie by means of which ; that is, the Divine which is the instrument or executive agency. [TR.] t See foot-note to Author's preface. [TB.] 152 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [N. 4C the angels teach every man who looks to God is that the Holy Spirit is not any other than the Lord ; and that " to go forth" and "to proceed" is nothing else than to en- lighten and teach by the presence, which is according to the reception, of the Lord. The result is that after death very many people put away the idea they had formed in this world about the Holy Spirit, and receive the idea that it is the- Lord's presence with man through angels and spirits, by and according to which the man is enlightened and taught. [5] Moreover, it is usual in the Word to name two Divines, and sometimes three, which yet are one ; as Jehovah and God, Jehovah and the Holy One of Israel, Je- hovah and the Mighty One of Jacob, and also God and the Lamb. And as these are one, it is said in other places, Jehovah alone is God, Jehovah alone is holy, and He is the Holy One of Israel, and there is none besides Him ; and also instead of God it is sometimes said the Lamb, and instead of the Lamb, God ; this is done in the N. 46] IMK-TKINK OF THK I,OKO 15',} lation ; the other expressions occur in the Prophets. [6] That it is the Lord only who is meant by the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit in Matt, xxviii. 19, is evident from what there precedes and what follows. In the preceding verse the Lord says, All jo\ver is given unto Me in heaven and on earth/' and in the following verse He says, " Lo, 1 am with you all the days, even to the consummation of the age;" thus He speaks of Himself only, so that He spoke in that manner [about the Father, Son. and Holy Spirit] to make His disciples aware that there is a trinity in Him. - [7] In order that it may be known that the Holy Spirit is not a Divine other than the Lord Himself, it shall be shown what is meant by ;> spirit" in the Word. By " spirit" is meant, i. Mini's life in general, ii. As man's life varies ;i< - cording to his state, by '' spirit" is meant the varying affection of life in man. iii. Also the life of one who is regenerate, which is called spiritual life. iv. But where ' spirit" 'is said of the Lord, His Divine life is meant, 154 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 4t! thus the Lord Himself . v. Specifically, th- life of His wisdom, which is called the Divine truth, vi. Jehovah Himself, that is, the Lord, spoke the Word through thr prophets. 47. i. That by "spirit" is meant man's life, is evident from ordinary discourse, in which it is said that a man, when he dies, yields up his spirit, so that by "spirit" in this sense is meant the life of the respira- tion, and in fact the term " spirit" is df- rived from the respiration, and this is why, in the Hebrew language, there is one word for both " spirit'' and " wind.'' There are in man two fountains of life, one is the motion of the heart, and the other is the respiration of the lungs. The life from the respiration of the lungs is what is properly meant by " spirit" and also by " soul." That this acts as one with the man's thought from the understanding, and that the life from the heart's motion acts as one with his will's love, will be seen in its own place That man's life is meant in the N. 4"] DOCTRIXK OF THK LORD 155 Word by "spirit," is evident from these passages : Thou gatherest in their breath (spiritum), they expire, and return into dust (Ps. civ. 29). He remembered that they were flesh, a wind (spiritus) that passeth away, and cometh not again (Ps. Ixxviii. 30). When his breath has gone forth, he will return into earth (Ps. cxlvi. 4). Hezekiah lamented that the life of his spirit should go forth (Isa. xxxviii. 16). The spirit of Jacob revived (Gen, xlv. 27). A molten image is falsehood, and there is no breath in it (Jer. li. 17). The Lord Jehovih said to the dry bones, I will cause breath to enter into you, that ye may live. Come from the four winds breath, and breathe upon these slain, and they shall live ; and the breath came into them, and they revived (Ezek. xxxvii. 5, 0, 9, 10). Jesus took the daughter [of Jairus] by the hand, and her spirit returned, and she rose up immedi- ately (Luke viii. 54, 55). 48. ii. As man's life varies according to ///> xtate, bij " sjnrii" is meant the varying affection of life in man. As, 1 : The life "f J5<) IM3CTKINE OF THE LORD [if. 48 Bezaleel was filled with the spirit of wisdom, intelligence, and knowledge (Exod. xxxi. 3). Thou shalt speak unto all that are wise-hearted, whom I have filled with the spirit of wisdom (Exod. rxviii. 3). Joshua was filled with the spirit of wisdom (Deut. xxxiv. 9). Nebuchadnezzar said of Daniel [in whom is the spirit of the holy gods. The queen said] that an excellent spirit of knowledge, intelligence, and wisdom was in him (Dan. iv. 8 ; v. 12). They that erred in spirit shall know intelligence (Isa. xxix. 24). 2. The excitation of fife : Jehovah hath stirred up the spirit of the kings of Media (Jer. li. 11). Jehovah hath stirred up the spirit of Zerub- babel, and the spirit of all the remnant of the people (Haggai i. 14). I will put a spirit in the king of Assyria, that he may hear a rumor, and shall return into his own land (Isa. xxxvii. 7). Jehovah hardened the spirit of Sihon the king (Deut. ii. 30). That which coineth up upon your spirit shall not be at all (Ezek. xx. 32). 3. Freedom of life: X. 48] IHHTHINK OF THK I, old. 157 [It is said of] the. four living creatures (which were cherubs) seen by the prophet. Whithersoever the spirit was to go. they went, (Ezek. i. 12, 20). 4. Life in f <'\ fin in or '/riff, mid t/tii/t-r ; - That every heart may inelt. and all hands be let down, and every spirit be faint (Ezek. xxi. 7). My spirit hath failed upon ine ; my heart is amazed in the midst of ine (Ps. cxlii. 3 ; cxliii. 4). My spirit is consumed (Ps. cxliii. 7). As for me Daniel, my spirit was grieved (Dan. vii. 15). t The spirit of Pharaoh was troubled (Gen. xli. 8). Nebuchadnezzar said. My spirit was troubled (Dan. ii. 3). I went in sadness in the heat of my spirit (Ezek. iii. 14). 5. A life of various eril affections: Provided that in his spirit there is no guile (Ps. xxxii. 2). Jehovah hath mingled a spirit, of perversities in the midst thereof (Isa. xix. 14). He said to the foolish prophets that go away after their own spirit (Ezek. xiii. 3). The prophet is a fool, the man [that hath a] spirit is mad (Hos. ix. 7). Take ye heed to your spirit, and deal not treach- erously (Mai. ii. 10). 158 DOCTRINE OF THK l.ORI) |^N. 48 The spirit of whoredoms hath led them astray (Hos. iv. 12). The spirit of whoredoms is in the midst of them (Hos. v. 4). When the spirit of jealousy hath passed upon him (Num. v. 14). A man who wandereth in spirit and chattereth a lie (Micah ii. 11). A generation whose spirit was not steadfast with God (Ps. Ixxviii. 8). Jehovah hath poured out upon you the spirit of deep sleep (Isa. xxix. 10). Ye shall conceive chaff, ye shall bring forth stubble ; as for your spirit, fire shall devour you (Isa. xxxiii. 11). 6. Infernal life : I will cause the unclean spirit to pass out of the land (Zech. xiii. 2). When the unclean spirit is gone out of a man, he walketh through dry places, and he afterwards joineth to himself seven spirits worse than him- self, and they enter in and dwell there (Matt. xii. 43-4. r ,). Babylon is become the hold of every foul spirit (Rev. xviii. 2). 7. Besitlfx tin' iitfi'riutl .syy/Y/V.s- tfivinsrlvex />// whom men are troubled : N. 48] DOCTRINE OF THK LORD 1 .V.) Matt. viii. 1C ; x. 1 ; xii. 43-45 ; Afar* i. 23-27 ; ix. 17-29 ; Luke iv. 33, 36 ; vi. 17, 18 ; vii. 21 ; viii. 2, 29 ; ix. 3!>, 42, 55 ; xS. 24-2<5 ; xiii. 11 ; Rev. xiii. 15; xvi. 13, 14. 49. iii. That by " spirit" ix uu-n/at th<: //'/> of one who is regenerate, which is caff,-,/ spiritual life : Jesus said, Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God (John iii. 5). I will give you a new heart, and a new spirit. I will put My spirit within you, and cause you to walk in My statutes (Ezek. xxxvi. 26, 27). To give a new heart and a new spirit (Ezek. xi. 19). Create in me a clean heart, God, and renew a steadfast spirit within me. Restore unto me the joy of Thy salvation, and let a willing spirit uphold me (Pa. h. 10, 12). Make you a new heart, and a new spirit ; for why will ye die, O house of Israel (Ezek. xviii. 31). Thou sendest forth Thy spirit, they are created, and Thou renewest the faces of the earth* (Ps. civ. 30). The hour cometh, and now is, when the true worshipers shall worship the Father in spirit and in truth (John iv. 23). 160 DOCTRINE >F THK LOUD [x. 411 Jehovah God giveth breath (antmam) to the people, and spirit to them that walk therein (Isa. xlii. 5). Jehovah f ormeth the spirit of man in the midst of him (Zech. xii. 1). With my soul have I awaited Thee in the night ; with rny spirit in the midst of me have I awaited Thee in the morning (Isa. xxvi. 9). In that day shall Jehovah be for a spirit of judgment to him that sitteth in judgment (Isa. xxviii. 6, 6). My spirit hath rejoiced in God my Saviour ( Luke i. 47). They have quieted my spirit in the land of the north (Zech. vi. 8). Into Thy hand I commend my spirit ; Thou hast redeemed me (Ps. xxxi. 5). Did not He make one, and the rest in whom was spirit ? (Mai. ii. 15). After three days and a half the spirit of life from God entered into the two witnesses that had been killed by the beast (Rev. xi. 11). I Jehovah the former of the mountains, and the creator of the wind (spiritus) (Amos iv. 13). God, the God of the spirits as to all flesh (Num. xvi. 22 ; xxvii. 18). 1 will pour upon the hou.se if David, and upon the inhabitant of Jerusalem, the spirit from on high (Zech. xii. 10). N 4tl] DOCTRINK OF THE LORD 1()1 Until He hath poured upon us the spirit from on high (Isa. xScxii. 15). I will pour waters upon him that is thirsty, and brooks upon the dry [ground], I will pour My spirit upon thy seed (Isa. xliv. 3). I will pour My spirit upon all flesh, also upon the servants and the handmaids ; in those days will I I>our out My spirit (Joel ii. 28, 29). (To pour out the spirit means to regenerate ; as does alno to give a new heart and a new spirit.) [i2] That l)tj " spirit" is meant spiritual life in those who are, in, humiliation: I dwell in a contrite and humble spirit, and to revive the spirit of the humble, and to revive the heart of the contrite ones (Isa. Ivii. 15). The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit, a broken and contrite heart, O God, Thou wilt not despise (Ps. li. 17). He will give the oil of joy for mourning, and the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness (Isa. Ixi. 3). A woman forsaken and grieved in spirit (Isa. liv. t>). Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens (Matt. v. 3). 50. iv. That where " spirit" is said of th& Lord, there is meant His Dii'ine Ufe t 11 162 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD r N. :.O thus the Lord Himself, is evident from these He whom the Father hath sent speaketh the words of God, for God hath not given the spirit by measure unto Him ; the Father loveth the Son, and hath given all things into His hand (John iii. 34, 35). There shall go forth a rcxl out of the stem of Jesse, and the spirit of Jehovah shall rest upon Him, the spirit of wisdom and intelligence, the spirit of counsel and might (Isa. xi. 1, 2). I have put. My spirit upon Him. He shall bring forth judgment to the nations (Isa. xlii. 1). When the enemy shall come as a pent-up stream, the spirit of Jehovah shall lift up a standard against him ; then shall the Redeemer come to Zion (Isa. lix. 19, 20). The spirit of the Lord Jehovih is upon Me ; Jehovah hath anointed Me to preach good tidings to the poor (Isa. Ixi. 1 ; Luke iv. 18). Jesus knowing in His spirit that they so rea- soned within themselves (Mark ii. 8). Jesus exulted in spirit, and said (Luke x. 21}. Jesus was troubled in His spirit (John xiii. 21). Jesus sighed in His spirit (Mark viii. 12). [2] "Spirit?* as used for Jehovah Himself, that is, the Lo~d : N. ")0] DOCTRIXK OF THE LORD 163 God is a Spirit (John \v. 24). Who hath directed the Spirit of Jehovah, or who is a man of His counsel ? (Isa. xl. 13). The Spirit of Jehovah led them by the hand of Muses (Isa. Ixiii. 12, 14). Whither shall I go from Thy Spirit, and whither shall I flee? (Ps. cxxxix. 7). .I-, liovah said. Not by might, but by My Spirit shall he do it (Zech. iv. 0). They provoked the Spirit of His holiness, there- fore He was turned to be their enemy (Isa. Ixiii. It) ; Ps. cvi. 33, 40). My Spirit shall not strive -with man for ever, for he is flesh (Gen. vi. 3). I will not contend to eternity, for the Spirit should fail before Me (Isa. Ivii. 16). The blasphemy against the Holy Spirit shall not be forgiven ; but he who shall speak a word against the Son of man, it shall be forgiven (Matt. xii. 31, 32 ; Mark iii. 28-30 ; Luke xii. 10). " Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit," is blasphemy against the Lord's Divine ; " a word against the Son of man," is something said against the Word by wrongly inter- preting its meaning ; for " the Son of man" is the Lord in respect to the Word, as has been shown above. 164 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 51 51. v. That by " spirit," when said of th e Lord, is specifically meant the life of Hi* w/\s- dom y which is Divine Truth : I tell you the truth, it is expedient for you that I go away, for if I go not away the Comforter will not come unto you, but if I go away I will send Him unto you (John xvi. 7). When He, the Spirit of Truth, is come, He will lead you into all truth. He shall not speak from Himself ; but whatsoever lie shall hear, that .^liall He speak ( John xvi. 13). He shall glorify Me, for He shall receiveof .Mine, and shall declare it unto you : all things that the Father hath are Mine ; therefore said I that He shall receive of Mine and shall declare it unto you (John xvi. 14, 15). I will ask the Father, that He may give you another Comforter, the Spirit of Truih. whom the world cannot receive, because it seeth Him not, neither knoweth Him ; but ye know Him, for He abideth with you, and shall be in you : I will not leave you orphans, I come to you, and ye shall see Me (John xiv. 10-19). When the Comforter is come, whom I will Bend unto you from the Father, even the Spirit of Truth, He shall testify of Me (John xv. 26). Jesus cried, saying, If any one thirst let him N. 5l] DOCTRINE OF THK LORL> 1(>5 come unto Me and drink ; he thatbelieveth in Me, as the Scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow streams of living water. This He said of the spirit which they that believe in Him should re- ceive. For the Holy Spirit was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified (John vii. 37-39). Jesus breathed on His disciples, and said, Ke- ceive ye the Holy Spirit (John xx. 22). [2] That by the " Comforter," the " Spirit of Truth," and the " Holy Spirit," the Lord meant Himself, is evident from His words that " the world did not as yetknow Him," for they did not as yet know the Lord. And when He said that He " would send it," He. added, " I will not leave you orphans, I come to you, and ye shall see Me" (John xiv. 16-19, 26, 28) ; and in another place, " Lo I am with you all the days, even to the consummation of the age" (Matt, xxviii. 20) ; and when Thomas said, " We know not whither Thou goest," Jesus said, " I am the way and the truth" (John xiv. 5, 6). [3] As the " Spirit of Truth" or " Holy Spirit" is the same as the Lord, who is the Truth itself, it is said, "the Holy Spirit 166 IMMTKIXK (IK THK L(lUI) [N. 51 was not yet, because Jesus was not yet glorified" (John vii. 39) ; for after His glori- fication or complete unition with, the Father, which was effected by the passion of the cross, the Lord was Divine wisdom and Di- vine truth itself, thus the Holy Spirit. The reason why the Lord breathed on the dis- ciples and said, " Receive ye the Holy Spirit," was that all the breathing of heaven is from the Lord. For angels as well as men have breathing and beating of the heart; their breathing being according to their reception of wisdom from the Lord, and their beating of the heart or pulse being according to their reception of Divine love from the Lord. That this is so will be seen in its own place. [4] That "the Holy Spirit" is Divine Truth from the Lord, is further evident from these passages : When they bring you to the synagogues, be not anxious as to what y shall say ; for the Holy Spirit shall teach you in the same hour what ye ought to say (Luke xii. 11, 12 ; xxi. 14 ; Mark xiii. 11). N. 51 J IMICTRINK UF THK l.OKD K7 Jekovah said, My spirit that is upon thee, and My words which I have put in thy mouth, shall not depart out of thy mouth (Isa. lix. 21). There shall go forth a Rod out of the stem of Jesse, and He shall smite the earth with the rod of His mouth, and with the breath (apiritu) of His lips shall He slay the wicked, and truth shall be the girdle of His thighs (Isa. xi. 1, 4, 5). Now with the mouth He hath commanded, and His spirit hath gathered them (Isa. xxxiv. 16). They who worship God must worship in spirit and in truth (John iv. 24). It is thespirit thatquickeneth, the flesh profiteth nothing ; the words that I speak unto you, they are spirit and they are life (John vi. 63). John said, I baptize you with water unto re- pentance ; but He that cometh after me shall bap- tize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire (Matt. iii. 11 ; Mark I 8 ; Luke iii. 10). To " baptize with the Holy Spirit and with fire/' is to regenerate by means of the Di- vine truth which is of faith and the Di- vine good which is of love. When Jesus was baptized, the heavens were opened, and He saw the Holy Spirit descending like a dove (Matt. iii. 16 ; Mark i. 10 ; Luke iii. 21, 22 ; John i. 32, 33). lf>8 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [N. 61 A dove is a representative of purification and regeneration by means of Divine truth. [5] As by " the Holy Spirit," where the Lord is treated of, is meant His Divine life, thus Himself, and, specifically, the life of His wisdom which is called Divine truth, bv the " spirit" mentioned in the writings of the prophets which is called also the " Holy Spirit," is meant Divine truth from the Lord. Thus in the following passages : The Spirit said unto the churches (Rev. II. 7, 11, 29; iii. 1, 6, 13, 22). The seven lamps of fire burning before the throne are the seven spirits of God (Rev. iv. 5). In the midst of the elders a Lamb standing, having seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God sent forth into all the earth (Rev. v. 6). ' Lamps of fire," and the Lord's "eyes," signify Divine truths, and " seven" signifies what is holy. The Spirit said, that they may rest from their labors (Rev. xiv. 13). The Spirit and the bride say, Come (Hev. xxil. 17). They made their heart adamant, that they should X. f.l] DU< TKLN'E OF THK LORD 169 not bear the law or the word* which Jehovah hath sent in His Spirit by the hand of the prophets (Zech. vii. 12). The spirit of Elijah came upon Elisha rJ Khu/s ii. 15). John went before in the spirit and power of Elijah (Luke i. 17). Elizabeth was tilled with the Holy Spirit and prophesied (Luke i. 41). Zacharias, filled with the Holy Spirit, prophe- sied (Luke i. 67). David said in the Holy Spirit, The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at My right hand (Mark xii. .%). The testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy (Rev. lix. 10). As, therefore, by the " Holy Spirit'' there is meant, specifically, the Lord as to Divine wisdom, and derivatively as to Divine truth, it is evident why it is said of the Holy Spirit that it enlightens, teaches, inspires. 52. vi. Jehovah Himself (that is. f/t>- Lord) spoke the IVordthrouyh the. prtiphets. We read of the prophets that they weiv in vision, and that Jehovah spoke to them. When they were in vision they were not in the body, but in their spirit, in which state 170 DOCTRIXK OF THE I.OKD [x. .V.' they saw things such as are in heaven. But when Jehovah spoke to them, they were in the body, and heard Him speaking. Th<-s. two states of the prophets should be <\,i. - fully distinguished. In theL state of vision, the eyes of their spirit were opened, and those of their body shut, and they then seemed to themselves to be carried from place to place, the body remaining in its own place. In this state, at times, were Ezekiel, Zechariah, Daniel, and John when he wrote the Revelaiion ; and it is then said that they were "in vision," or" in the spirit." Thus Ezekiel says : The spirit lifted me up, and brought uie into Chaldea to the captivity, in the vision of God, in the Spirit of God ; thus went up above me the vision which I saw (xi. 1, 24). He says too, That the spirit took him up, and he heard be- hjnd him an earthquake, and other things (iii. 1'J. 14). Also that the spirit lifted him up between the earth and the heaven, and brought him in the X. f)2] DOCTKIXK OK THK I, OKI) 171 visions of God to Jerusalem, and he saw abomi- nations (viii. 3, etc.). In like manner in the vision of God, or in the spirit, he saw The four living creatures, which were cherubs (i. and'x.). And also the new earth and the new temple, and an angel measuring them (xl. to xlviii.). That he was then in the visions of God, he says in xl. 2 ; and that the spirit took him up. in'xliii. 5. The case was the same with Zechariah, in whom at the time there was an angel, When he saw a man riding among the myrtle- trees (Zech. I 8, etc.). When he saw four horns, and afterwards a man who had a measuring line in his hand (i. 18 ; ii. 1). When he saw Joshua the high priest (iii. 1, etc. ). When he saw a lampstand, and two olive-trees (iv. 2, 3). When he saw a flying roll, and an ephah (v. 1, (3). And when he saw four chariots going out be- tween two mountains, and horses (vi. 1, etc.). In a similar state was Daniel, 172 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [x. 52 When lie saw four beasts coming up out of the sea (Dan. vii. 3). And when he saw the combats of the ram and the he-goat (viii. 1,etc). That he saw these things' in visions, is stated in vii. 1, 2, 7, 13; viii. 2 ; x. 1, 7, 8. . That the angel Gabriel was seen by him in vision, and spoke with him, is stated in ix. 21, 22. The case was the same with John when he wrote the Revelation, who says, That he was in the spirit on the Lord's day (Rev. i. 10). That he was carried away in the spirit into the wilderness (xvii. 3). Into a high mountain in the spirit (ui. 10). That he saw horses in vision (ix. 17). And elsewhere that he saw the things which he described, thus in spirit, or in vision (i. 12 ; iv. 1 ; v. 1 ; vi. 1 ; and in every other chapter). 53. As to the Word itself, however, it is not said in the Prophets that they spoke it from the Holy Spirit, but that they spoke it from Jehovah, from Jehovah of Armies, from the Lord Jehovih; for we read "the Word of Jehovah came unto me," "Je- K- 53] DOCTRINE OK THK LORD 173 hovah said unto me," and very frequently " Jehovah said," and " the word (fH<-tiini) of Jehovah.'' And, as the Lord is Jehovah, as has been shown above, it follows that aJl the Word has been spoken by Him. That no one may doubt this to be the ca.se, I will give the references, in Jfrmiiinh only, to the places where these four expressions occur : Jer. i. 4, 7, 11-14, 19; ii. l-o, 9, 19, 22, 29, 31 ; iii. 1, G, 10, 12, 14, 16 ; iv. 1, 3, 9, 17, 27 ; v. 11, 14, 18, 22, 29 vi. 6, 9, 12, 15, 16, 21, 22; vii. 1, 3, 11, 13, 19-21 ; via. 1, 3, 12, 13; ix. 3, 7, 9, 13, 15, 17, 22, 24, 25 ; x. 1, 2, 18 ; xi. 1, 6, 9, 11, 17, 21, 22 ; xii. 14, 17 ; xiii. 1, 6, 9, 11-15, 25; xiv. 1, 10, 14, 15; xv, 1-3, 6, 11, 19, 20; xvi. 1, 3, 5, 9, 14, 16 ; xvii. 5, 19, 20, 21, 24 ; xviii. 1, 5, 6, 11, 13; xix. 1, 3, 6, 12, 15; xx. 4 ; xxi. 1, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12 ; xxii. 2, 5, 6, 11, 16, 18,24, 29, 30; xxiii. 2, 5, 7, 12, 15, 24, 29, 31, 38 ; xxiv. 3, 5, 8 ; xxv. 1, 3, 7-9, 15, 27- 29,32; xxvi.,1, 2, 18; xxvii. 1, 2,4,8, 11, 16, 19, 21, 22 ; xxviii. 2, 12, 14, 16 ; xxix. 4, 8, 9, 16, 19-21, 25, 30-32; xxx. 1-5, 8, 174 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 53 10-12, 17, 18; xxxi. 1, 2, 7, 10, 15-17, 23, 27, 28, 31-38 ; xxxii. 1, 6, 14, 15, 25, 26, 28, 30, 36, 42 ; xxxiii. 1, 2, 4, 10-13, 17, 19, 20, 23, 25; xxxiv. 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 13, 17, 22; xxxv. 1, 13, 17-19; xxxvi. 1, 6, 27, 29, 30 ; xxxvii. 6, 7, 9 ; xxxviii. 2, 3, 17; xxxix. 15-18; xl. 1 ; xlii. 7, 9, 15, 18, 19; xliii. 8, 10; xliv. 1, 2, 7, 11, 24-26, 30; xlv. 1, 2, 5 ; xlvi. 1, 23, 25, 28 ; xlvii. 1 ; xlviii. 1, 8, 12, 30, 35, 38, 40, 43, 44, 47; xlix. 2, 5-7, 12, 13, 16, 18, 26, 28, 30, 32, 35, 37-39 ; 1. 1, 4, 10, 18, 20, 21, 30, 31, 33, 35, 40 ; li. 25, 33, 36, 39, 52, 58. These from Jeremiah only. All the other prophets speak in the same way, and none say that the Holy Spirit has spoken, or that Jehovah has spoken to them by means of the Holy Spirit. 54. From all this then it is evident that JEHOVAH (who is THE LORD FROM ETER- NITY) spoke through the prophets ; and tliat where the HOLY SPIRIT is mentioned, it is the Lord Himself. It follows that GOD is ONE IN BOTH PERSON AND ESSENCE, AXI> THAT THIS GOD IS THE LORD. N. 66] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 175 XL THE DOCTRINE OF THE ATHANASIAN CREED AGREES WITH THE TRUTH, PRO- VIDED THAT BV A TRINITY OF PER- SONS IS UNDERSTOOD A TRINITY OF PERSON, AND THAT THIS TRINITY is IN THE LORD. 55. The recognition by Christians of three Divine Persons, and thus as it were of three Gods, has arisen from there being in the Lord a Trine, one of which is called the Father, the second the Son, and the third the Holy Spirit. This Trine is also referred to in the Word under distinct names; just as we refer by distinct names to soul, to body, and to that which proceeds from them, which, however, taken together, form a one. In the sense of the letter the Word is of such a nature that things which form a one it distinguishes from each other as if they did not form a one. This is why Jehovah (who is the Lord from eternity) is sometimes called " Jehovah/' sometimes 176 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [N. 55 " Jehovah of Armies," sometimes " God," sometimes " the Lord ;" and at the same time He is called "Creator," "Saviour," "Redeemer,"' and "Former," and even " Shaddai ;'' and His Human which He assumed in this world, " Jesus," " Christ/' - .Messiah," " Son of God," " Son of man ;" and, in the Word of the Old Testament, " God," " Holy One of Israel," Jehovah's Anointed," " King," " Prince," " Coun- selor," "Angel," "David." [2] In conse- quence of this feature of the Word in the sense of the letter (that it speaks of as many those who really form a one) Chris- tians, who at first were simple folk, and understood everything in accordance with the literal import of the words, discrimi- nated the Divinity into three Persons. On account of their simplicity this was permit- ted, but in such a manner that they should believe the Son to be Infinite, Uncreate, Almighty, God, and Lord, altogether equal to the Father ; and that they should also Ix'lifve that these are not two, or three ; but 1>0< TRINE OF THK LORD 177 one ill essence, majesty, and glory, and there- fore in Divinity. [3] They who believe this in simplicity in accordance with doctrine, and do not confirm themselves in the idea of three # Gods, but of the three make a one, after death are taught by the Lord by means of angels that He Himself is that one God, and that Trine. And this teaching is re- ceived by all who come into heaven ; for no one ran \w admitted into heaven who thinks of three Gods, however much he may say One ; for the life of the whole heaven, and the wisdom of all the angels, are founded upon the acknowledgment and consequent confession of one God, and upon the faith that this one God is also Man, and that He is the Lord, who is at once both God and Man. [4] From all this it is evident that it was of Divine permission that Christians at first received the doctrine of three Per- sous, provided that they at the same time received the idea that the Lord is God, Infi- nite, Almighty, and Jehovah. For unless they had received this too, it would have 12 178 D0< TUINK (>K THK LORD [x. 56 been all over -with the church, because the church is the church from the Lord ; and the eternal life of all is from the Lord, and from no other, [o] That the church is the church from the Lord is evident fjoin this ;ilone, that the whole Word from beginning to end treats solely of the Lord, as was shown above ; and that we must believe in Him, and that they who do not believe in Him have not eternal life, but that the anger of God abideth on them (John iii. 36). [6] Now as every one sees in himself that if God is one, He is one in both Person and Essence (for no one thinks differently, or can think differently, while flunking that God is one), I will here cite the whole of the Creed which takes its name from Athana- sius, and will afterwards show that all things said therein are true, provided that instead of a trinity of Persons there is understood a trinity of Person. 56. The Creed is as follows : Whosoever will be saved, before all things it i necessary that he hold the Catholic (other authori- N. 56] DOCTK1NK OF THK LORD 179 ties suy, Christian) Faith , which faith, except every one do keep whole and undefiled, without doubt he shall perish eyerlast ingly. And the Cath- olic (others say, Christian) Faith is this : That we worship one God in Trinity, and the Trinity in Unity, neither confounding the persons, nor divid- ing the substance (others say. essence). For there is one person of the Father, another of the Son, :iiif the Holy Spirit ; but the Godhead of the Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit, is all one, the glory equal, the majesty coeternal. Such as the Father is, such is the Son, and such is the Holy Spirit. The Father uncreate, the Son uncreate, and the Holy Spirit uncreate. The Fa- ther incomprehensible (infinitus),.,the Son incom- prehensible (infinitus), and the Holy Spirit incom- prehensible (irtfinit-us). The Father eternal, the Son eternal, and the Holy Spirit eternal : and yet ilicrc are not three eternals, but One Eternal : a also there are not three incomprehensibles(i7t/inrti)) nor three uncreates ; butane uncreate, and one incomprehensible (infinitus). So likewise the Fa- ther is almighty, the Son almighty, and the Holy Spirit almighty ; and yet there are not three Al- mighties, tout One Almighty. So the Father is God, the Son is God, and the Holy Spirit is God : and yet there are not three god.s, 1 >ut < >ne God. So like- wise the Father is Lord, the Son Lord, and the Holy Spirit Lord : and yet not three lords, but 180 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [l. 56 One Lord. For like as we are compelled by the Christian verity to acknowledge every person by himself to be God and Lord, so are we forbidden by the Catholic Religion to say there be three rods or three lords (others my, still we cannot, according to the Christian faith, mention three gods or three lords). The Father is made of none, neither created, nor begotten (natus) : the Son is of the Father alone, not made, nor created, but begotten (natus) : the Holy Spirit is of the Father and of the Son, neither made, nor created, nor begotten (natus), but proceeding. So there is one Father, not three Fathers ; one Son, not three Sons ; one Holy Spirit, not three Holy Spirits. And in this Trinity none is afore or after another ; none is greater or less than another ; but the whole three persons are coeternal together, and coequal. So that in all things, as is aforesaid, the Unity in Trinity and the Trinity in Unity is to be worshiped (others say. three persons in one Godhead, and one God in three persons, is to be worshiped). He therefore that will be saved, must thus think of the Trinity. Furthermore, it is necessary to everlasting sal- vation that he also believe rightly the incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ (others say, that he firmly believes that our Lord is very Man). For the right faith is that we believe and confess that our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is God and Man ; >. 60] JXH.TKIM-: OK THK I.oi;i> 181 God of the substance (or essence : others, nature) of the Father, begotten before the worlds ; and Man of the substance (others say, nature) of his mother, l>orn in the world ; perfect God, and per- fect Man, of a reasonable soul and human flesh (corpore) subsist! ng ; equal to the Father as touching his Godhead, and inferior to the Father as touching his manhood. Who although he be God and Man, yet he is not two, but one Christ ; one, not by con- version of the Godhead into flesh (corpus) ; but by taking of the manhood into God (others say, He is one. yet not that the Godhead was transmuted into manhood, but the Godhead took up the Manhood to itself) ; one altogether, not by confusion (others say. commingling) of substance, but by unity of person (others say, He is altogether One, not that the two natures are commixed, but he is one per- si n). For as the reasonable soul and flesh (corpus) is one man, so God and man is one Christ, Who suffered for our salvation, descended into hell, rase again the third day from the dead. He ascended into heiuen, He sitteth on the right hand of the Father, God Almighty, from whence He shall Come to judge the quick and the dead. A t whose coming all men shall rise again with their bodies, and fchall give account for their own works. And they that have done good shall go into life ever- lasting, and they that have done evil into ever- lasting fire. 182 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. f>7 57. That all things of the Creed are true in so far as its verbal expressions are con- cerned, provided that instead of a Trinity of Persons there is understood a Trinity of Person, will be seen if we transcribe it again, with this latter trinity substituted in it. A. Trinity of Person is this : THAT THE LORD'S DIVIXE is THE FATHER. THE DIVINE Hi - MAN THE SOX, AJS'D THE PROCEEDING Dl- VINE THE HOLY SPIRIT. When this trinity is understood, the man can both think of and say One God ; but who fails to see that otherwise he cannot but think of three Gods ? Athanasius himself saw this, and this is why there were inserted these words : As we are compelled by the Christian verity to acknowledge every person by himself to be God and Lord ; so are we forbidden by the Catholic re- ligion (or, by the Christian faith) to say (or name) three gods or three lords. This amounts to saying, " Although it is allowable, by the Christian verity, to ac- knowledge, or think of, three Gods and Lords, yet it is not allowable, by the Chris- DOCTKINK OF THE LORD 183 tian faith; to say or name more than one God and one Lord." And yet it is acknowl- edgment and thought which conjoin man with the Lord and heaven, and not mere sjx^ch. Besides, no one can comprehend how the Divine, which is one, can be di- vided into three Persons, each of whom is God, for the Divine is not divisible. And to make the three one through the essence or substance does not take away the idea of three Gods, but merely conveys an idea of their unanimity. 58. That in so far as its verbal expres- sions are concerned, all things of this Creed are true, provided that instead of a Trinity of Persons there is understood a Trinity of Person, is evident from the same when re- written in this form : Whosoever will be saved, it is necessary that he hold this Christian Faith ; and the Christian Faith Is, that we worship one God in Trinity, and Trinity in Unity, not confounding the Trine of Person, nor dividing the Essence. The Trine of one Person is what is called the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. The Divinity of the Father, Son, 184 ]>O<:TKJNE OP THE LORD [N. .38 and Holy Spirit is one and the .sanie^ the glory and majesty equal. Such as the Father is, such is the Son, and such is the Holy Spirit. The Father is uncreate, the Son uncreate, and the Holy Spirit uncreate. The Father is infinite, the Son infinite, and the Holy Spirit infinite. And yet there are not three infinites, nor three uncre- ates, but one Uncreate, and one Infinite. So likewise the Father is Almighty, the Son Al- mighty, and the Holy Spirit Almighty ; and yet there are not three almighties, but one Almighty. So the Father is God, the Son is God, and the Holy Spirit is God ; and yet there are not three gods, but one God. So likewise the Father is Lord, the Son is Lord, and the Holy Spirit is Lord ; and yet there are not three lords, but one Lord. For as by the Christian verity we acknowledge a trine in one Person, who is God and Lord, so by the Christian faith we can say one God and one Lord. The Father is made of none, neither created, nor born ; the Son is of the Father alone, not made, nor created, but born ; the Holy Spirit is of the Father and of the Son, not made, nor created, nor born, but proceeding. So there is one Father, not three Fathers ; one Son, not three Sons ; one Holy Spirit, not three Holy Spirits. And in this Trinity none is greatest or least, but they are altogether equal. So that in all things, as is aforesaid, the Unity in Trinity, and Trinity in Unity, is to be worshiped. N. 5J DOCTK1NB OF THE LOKU 185 59. So far in the Creed as to the Trin- ity and Unity of God. The Creed then treats of the Lord's assumption of the Hu- man in the world, called the Incarnation. Everything said in the Creed on this point also is true, provided we make a clear dis- tinction between the human from the mother in which the Lord was when in a state of humiliation or emptying out (exinanitw) [see Isa. liii. 12], as when He suffered temp- tations and the cross ; and the Human from the Father, in which He was when in a state of glorification or unition. For in the world the Lord assumed a Human conceived of Jehovah (who is the Lord from eternity), and born of the virgin Mary; so that He had both a Divine and a human, a Divine from His Divine from eternity, and a hu- man from the mother Mary in time; but this latter huinan He pufc off, and put on a Human that was Divine. This Human is what is called the Divine Human, and is meant in the Word by the " Son of God." When therefore the things first said in the 186 1>OOTK1NK OF THK LOUD [x. 5ft Creed about the Incarnation are understood of the maternal human (in which the Lord was when in a state of humiliation), and the things that follow, of the Divine Hu- man (in which He was when in a state of glorification), all things there are in agree- ment. With the maternal human (in which the Lord was when in a state of humilia- tion) agree the following statements, that come first in the Creed : That Jesus Christ was God and Man, God of the Substance of the Father, and Man of the sub- stance of the mother, born in the world ; perfect God and perfect Man, of a rational soul and human body consisting ; equal to the Father as touching the Godhead, but inferior to the Father as touching the manhood. , That this manhood was not converted into the (indhead, nor commixed therewith; it being put i iff. and the Divine Human assumed in ite place. With the Divine Human (in which He was \vhen in a state of glorification, and is now ti i eternity) agree the following words in the Creed: N. 69] DOCTKINE OF THK LORD 187 Although pur Lord Jesus Christ, the Son of God, be God and Man, yet he is not two, but one Christ ; yea, he is altogether one, for he is one pei-son ; for as the reasonable soul and body are one man, so God and Man are one Christ. 60. That in the Lord, God and Man (as is said in the Creed) are not two, but one Person, yea, altogether one, as soul and body are one, is clear from many things said by the Lord Himself, as that the Father and He are one ; that all tilings of the Fa- ther are His, and all His the Father's ; that He is in the Father, and the Father in Him ; that all things are given into His hand ; that He has all power ; that He is the God of heaven and earth; that whosoever be- lieves in Him has eternal life ; and further from its being said of Him that He was taken up into heaven as to both the Divine and the Human, and that, with respect to both, He sits on the right hand of God, which means that He i.s Almighty : not to repeat many passages of the Word treating of His Divine Human which are copiously 188 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 60 quoted above, and all of which bear wit- ness that GOD is ONE IN BOTH PERSON AND ESSENCE; THAT THE TRINITY is IN IIlM ; AND THAT THIS GOD IS THE L.ORD. 61. The reason why these truths rela- tive to the Lord are now for the first time made publicly known, is that it has been i'oretold in the Revelation (chapters xxi. and xxii.) that a New Church, in which this doe- trine will hold the chief place, is to be instituted by the Lord at the end of the former church. It is this Church which is meant by the "New Jerusalem," and no one can come into it who does not acknowl- edge the Lord as the God of heaven and earth. This I can declare that the uni- versal heaven acknowledges the Lord alone ; and that no one who does not acknowledge Him is admitted into heaven ; for heaven is heaven from the Lord. It is precisely this acknowledgment from love and faith which causes all there to be in the Lord and the Lord in them, as the Lord Him- self beaches in John : V. 6l] 1>OCTRINE OF THE LOKI> 189 In that day ye shall know that I am in My Fa- ther, and ye in Me, and I in you (xiv. 20). Abide in Me, and I in you. I am the vine, ye are the branches ; he that abideth in Me and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit, for with- out Me ye can do nothing ; if any one abide not in Me, he is cast forth (rv. 4-6 ; xvii. 22, 23). The reason why this has not been previously seen from the "Word, is that if it had been previously seen it would not have been re- ceived, because the Last Judgment had not been effected. Before that event the power of hell prevailed over the power of heaven, and as man is in the midst between the two, it is evident that the devil (which is hell) would have plucked it out of men's hearts, and would also have profaned it. But this state of power on the part of hell was completely broken by the Last Judg- ment, which has now been executed. Since that Judgment thus now every man who craves to be enlightened and wise can lie so. (On this subject see the work on Heaven //// Hell, n 589-596, 597-603 ; and also that on the Last Judgment, n. 65-72, 73, 74.) 190 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [if. 02 -t.'t vM XII. BY THE "NEW JERUSALEM" (SPOKEN OK IN THE REVELATIOX) is MEANT A NEW CHURCH. 62. In the Revelation, after a description of the state of the Christian Church as it would be at its -end, and as it now is,* and after those of that church who are signi- fied by the false prophet, the dragon, the. harlot, and the beasts, are said to have been cast into hell, it is added : I saw a new heaven and a new earth, for the 'former heaven and the former earth were passed away. And I .John saw the Holy City New Je- rusalem coming down from God out of heaven. And I heard a great voice out of heaven, saying, Mehold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and Hf will dwell with them, and they shall l>e His leople, and God Himself shall be with them, their (iod. And He that sat upon the throne said. Behold, I make all things new. And He said unto me, Write, for these words are true and faithful (Ben xi. 1-3, 5 ). Thx' i, in 1763. [TR.] 3f. \ the "new heaven/' and by the "new earth." which John saw, after the former heiivt-n and the former earth had passed a way. is not meant a new starry and at- mospheric heaven such as appears l>efore the eyes of men, nor a new earth such as that on which men dwell ; but there is meant a newness of the church in the spirit- ual world, and a newness of the church in the natural world. As a newness of the chinch in both worlds, spiritual and nat- ural, was effected by the Lord when He was in this world, a like prediction had been made in the Prophets, namely, that a new heaven and a new earth would then com*- into existence (as in Isa. Ixv. 17 ; Ixvi. L'L'. ;ind elsewhere), which cannot possibly mean a heaven visible to the eyes, and an t-artii habitable by men. By the term sjJt'rif- tinl irnrJd is meant the world where angels and spirits dwell, and by the term natural, irnrlil is meant the world where men dwel 1 . That a newness of the church in the spiri'.- ual world has In-en recently effected, and 192 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [N. 62 that a newness of the church in the natural world will be effected, has been partly shown in the little work on the Last Judgment., and will be shown more fully in the Continua- tion of that work. 63. By the "Holy City Jerusalem" is meant this New Church as to doctrine, and therefore it was seen coming down from God out of heaven, for the doctrine of genu- ine truth comes to us from the Lord through heaven, and from no other source. As the Church in respect to doctrine is meant by the City New Jerusalem, it is said : Prepared as a bride adorned for her Husband (verse 2) ; and afterwards, There came unto me one of the seven angels, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will show thei; the bride, the Lamb's wife ; and he carried rue away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and showed me that great city, the Holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God (verses 9, 10). N. (MjJ DOCTRINE OF THK LOKl) 1 9.'> That by " bride'' and " wife" is meant the church, when the Lord is meant by "bride- groom" :ind " nilSDftnd/' is well known. The church is ;i " bride" when she is de- sirous to receive the Lord ; and a " wife," when she does receive Him. That the Lord is meant by " her Husband" is evident ; for it is said, " the bride the Lamb's wife.*' 64. The reason why " Jerusalem" means the church as to doctrine, is that there and at no other place in the land of Canaan were the temple and altar, the offering of sacri- fices, and therefore the Divine worship; and for this reason the three yearly feasts were celebrated there, to which every male in the whole country was commanded to go. This is why " Jerusalem" signifies the church in respect to worship, and therefore as to doe- trine for worship is prescriV>ed in doctrine, and is performed according to it. An ad- ditional reason is that the Lord was present in Jerusalem, and taught in its temple, and afterwards glorified His Human there, lie- sides, "city" in the spiritual sense of the 13 194 DOCTRINt, Ot THE LOKJ.) [N. 04 Word signifiesdoctrine,and therefore "holy city" signifies the doctrine of Divine truth from the Lord.* [2] That by "Jerusa- lem" is meant the church as to doctrine, is further evident from other passages in the Word, as from these : For Zion's sake I will not hold my peace, and for Jerusalem's sake I will not rest, until the right- eousness thereof go forth as brightness, and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burneth. Then shall the nations see thy righteousness, and all kings thy glory ; and thou shalt be called by a new name, which the mouth of Jehovah shall name ; and thou shalt be a crown of ornament in the hand of Jehovah, and a kingdom's diadem in the hand of thy God ; for Jehovah shall delight in thee, and thy land shall be married. Behold, thy salvation cometh ; behold, His reward is with Him ; and they * That by "city" in the Word is signified the doctrine of the church and of religion, may be seen in the Arcnmi Calestia (n. 402, 2449, 2943, 3216, 4492,4493). That by the gate of a city is signified the doctrine by moans of which there is entrance into the church (n. 2!M:i, 4477, 447S). That on this account the elders sat in the gate of the cit\ , and judged, ibid. That " to go out <.f the gate" is to fall back from doctrine (n. 44W, 4!'.)::). That in heaven cities anil palaces are presented representatively when angels :iinl spirit* are conversing about doctrinal matters (n. 321C). N. (54] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 195 shall call them the holy people . the redeemed of Je- hovah ; and thou shalt be called, A city sought onf . not forsaken (7sa. Ixii. 1-4, 11, 12). This whole chapter treats of the Lord's ad- vent, and of a Xew Church to be set up by Him. This New Church is here meant by " Jerusalem called by a new name which the mouth of Jehovah shall name/' and which shall tie " a crown of ornament in the hand of Jehovah, and a kingdom's diadem in the hand of God," and in which Jeho- vah shall " delight," and which shall be called " a city sought out, not forsaken." These words cannot possibly mean the Je- rusalem in which were the' Jews at the time of the Lord's coming into the world, for that city was of a wholly contrary char- acter, and might rather be called Sodom, as indeed it is called in lien. xi. 8; Jan. iii. 9; Jer. xxiii. 14; Ezek. xvi. 46, 48. [3] Again in Isu'mli : Behold, I create a new heaven and a new earth, and the former shall not be remembered : be ye glad and rejoice to eternities in that which I cre- ate ; for behold I create Jerusalem a rejoicing, and 190 DOCTRIJTK OF TH V. LORD [N. 64 her people a gladness, that I may rejoice over Jerusalem, and be glad over My people. Then shall the wolf and the lamb f eed together ; they shall uot do harm in all the mountain of My holi- ness (Ixv. 17-10, 25). This chapter also treats of the Lord's ad- vent, and of a church to he set up anew by Him. This church was not set up anew among those who were in Jerusalem, but among those outside of it, so that it is this church which is meant by the Jerusalem that should be to the Lord a rejoicing, and whose people should be to Him a gladness, and where also the wolf and the lanib should feed together, and where they should do no harm. Here, too, it is said, just as in the Rwelation, that the Lord will " create a new heaven and a new earth," the meaning be- ing similar ; and it is added that He will " create Jerusalem." [4] In another place in Isaiah : Awake 1 awake ! put on thy strength, O Ziou ; put oil thy beautiful garments, O Jerusalem, the holy city, for henceforth there shall no more come .s. j4] jxx TKI.VI: OK THK I.KI> 197 into thee the unriivunicised ami the unclean. Shake thyself from the dust, arise, and sit down. O Jenisaleiu. My people shall know (cognosctt) My name in that day, for I am He that doth speak, behold it is I. Jehovah hath comforted His peo- ple : Me hath redeemed Jerusalem (hi. 1. 2, 6, 0). This chapter also treats of the Lord's ad- vent, and of the church to be set up anew by Him ; so that by the Jerusalem into which the uncircumcised and the unclean should uo more come, and which the Lord should redeem, is meant the church ; and by " Je- rusalem the holy city," the church as to doc- trine from the Lord. [5] In Zephaniah : Shout, O daughter of Zion ; be-glad with all the heart, O daughter of Jerusalem ; the King of Israel is in the midst of thee ; fear evil no longer: I If will be glad over thee with joy, He will rest in thy love, He will exalt over thee with a shout : I will make, you a name and a praise to all the people of i he earth (iii. 14-17, 20). Hen- in like manner it treats of the Lord ;tnd of a church from Him, over which " the King of Israel" (who is the Lord) will be glad with joy, will exult with a shout, and 198 DOCTRINE OF THE LORD [x. 4 in whose love He will rest, and whose mem- bers He will make a name and a praise to all people of the earth. [6] In Isaiah : Thus saith Jehovah thy Redeemer, and thy Former, saying to Jerusalem, Thou shalt be in- habited ; and to the cities of Judah, Ye shall In- built (xliv. 24, 26). In Daniel : Know (Scito) and perceive that from the goint: forth of the -word even to the restoring and the building up of Jerusalem, even to Messiah the Prince, shall be seven weeks (ix. 2o). It is evident that here also " Jerusalem" means the church, because this was indeed restored and built by the Lord, but not tb^ Jerusalem that was the residence of the Jews. [7] "Jerusalem" means a church from the Lord in the following passages also. In Zecharlah : Thus saith Jehovah, I will return to Zion, and I will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem ; whencr Jerusalem shall be called the city of truth ; and th<- mountain of Jehovah Zebaoth, the mountain of holiness (viii. 3, 20-23). X. 64] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 199 la Joel: Then shall ye know that I am Jehovah your God, dwelling in Zion, the mountain of holiness ; and Jerusalem shall be holiness : and it shall coine to pass in that day that the mountains shall drop new wine, and the hills shall flow with milk, ami Jerusalem shall abide from generation to genera- tion (iii. 17-20). 1 ii Isaiah : In that day shall the shoot of Jehovah be for ornament and glory ; and it shall come to pass that he that is left in Zion, and he that remain- eth in Jerusalem shall be called holy ; even every une that is written for life in Jerusalem (iv. 2, 3). In Mical : In the latter days it shall come to pass that the mountain of the house of Jehovah shall be e.M;il>- lished in the head of the mountains ; for doetriii" shall go forth out of Zion, and the word of Jeho- vah from Jerusalem : unto thee shall come the former kingdom, the kingdom of the daughter of Jerusalem (iv. 1, 2, 8). In Jeremiah: At that time they shall call Jerusalem the throne of Jehovah ; and all nations shall be gathered to 200 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [jr. f>4 the name of Jehovah to Jerusalem ; neither shall they walk any more after the confirmation of their evil heart (iii. 17). In Isaiah: Look upon Zion the city of our set feast ; thine eyes shall see Jerusalem a quiet habitation, a tab- ernacle that shall not be scattered ; not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed, neither shall any of the cords thereof be plucked away (xxxiii. 20). Besides other passages, as Isa. xxiv. 23 ; xxxvii. 32 ; Ixvi. 10-14 ; Zech. xii. 3, (5, 8, 9, 10 ; xiv. 8, 11, 12, 21 ; Mai. iii. 1, 4 ; Ps. cxxii. 1-7 ; cxxxvii. o, 0. [8] That in these passages " Jerusalem'' means the church which was to be set up anew by the Lord, and which actually was set up-anewby Him, and not the Jerusalem in the land of Canaan that was inhabited by the Jews, is evident from those pas- sages in the Word where it is said of the latter Jerusalem that it should utterly per- ish and be destroyed ; as Jer, v. 1 ; vi. 6, 7; vii. 17, 20, etc.; viii. 5-7, etc.; ix. 10, 11, 13, etc. ; xiii. 9, 10, 14; xiv. 16; Lam. N. 64] IXM'TKINK OF THK LoKl) 201 i. 8, 9, 15, 17 ; Esek. iv. 1 to end ; v. 9 to end ; xii. 18, 19 ; xv. 6-8 ; xvi. 1 to end ; xxiii. 1-49; Matt, xxiii. 33, 37, 39; Luke xix. 41-44; xxi. 20-22; xxiii. 28-30; and in many other places 1 . 65. In the Jterelat'ion occur the words, A NEW HKAVKX AM A NKW EARTH; and afterwjirds, BKHOLP I MAKE ALL THIN T OS NEW, which mean nothing else than that in the church now to be set up anew by the Lord THK ])O<:TKINE WILL BE NEW. This doctrine did not exist in the former church, the reason of which is that if it had, it would not have been received, lo- calise the Last Jxidgment had not then been executed, and previous to that Judgment the power of hell prevailed over the power of heaven, so that if the doctrine had been given liefore, eveil from the Lord's mouth, it would not have remained with men ; nor does it at this day remain except with those who approach the Lord alone, and acknowl- edge Him as the God of heaven and eart.li. (See above, at n. 61.) This same doctrine 202 DOCTRINE OF THK LORD [x. <;r, had indeed been given in the Word ; but as not long after its setting up anew the church was turned into Babylon, and afterwards, with others, into Philistia, that doctrine could not be seen from the Word, for the church sees the Word from the principles of its religion and from its doctrine, and in no other way. The new things contained in the present little work are, in general, as follows : i. God is one in Person and Essence, and this God is the Lord. ii. All Holy Scripture treats of Him alone. iii. He came into the world to subdue the hells, and to glorify His Human ; and He accomplished both by admitting temp- tations into Himself, and did so fully by the last of them which was the passion of the cross. Thereby He became the Re- deemer and Saviour ; and thereby merit and righteousness are His alone. iv. The statement that He fulfilled all things of the law" means that He fulfilled all things of the Word. N. 66] DOCTRINE OF THE LORD 20.' > v. By the passion of the cross He did not take away sins, but bore them as the Prophet, that is to say, He suffered that there should be represented, in Himself, the church in respect to its maltreatment of the Word. vi. The imputation of His merit is not anything at all \inless thereby is meant the forgiveness of sins after repentance. These things are contained in this little work. In those which follow it, which are to be Concerning the Holy Scripture, Con- cerning the Doctrine of Life, Concerning Faith, and Concerning tii e Divine Love and the Divine Wisdom, still other new things will be seen. . THE DOCTRINE OF THK NEW JERUSALEM '-< I.KM M. THK HOLY SCRIPTURE BY EMANUEL SWEDENBORG Originally published in Amsterdam in th- year 1763 l-KAKSLATKH FROM THK ORIGINAL LATIN AM> KlUTKlt BY THK REV. JOHN FAULKNER POTTS, B.A. LOKO. NEW YORK THK AMERICAN SWEDENBORG PRINTING AND PUBLISHING SOCIETY 3 WEST TWENTY-NINTH STRKKT 1919 . PREFATORY NOTES BY THE TRANSLATOR The Doctrine eoncerninr/ tin 1 Holy Scrip- ture was originally published by Emanuel Swedenborg in the city of Amsterdam, in the year 1763, in large quarto, and in the Latin language. The work was first translated into Eng- lish by Mr. Peter Provo, an apothecary in London, and was published by the Theo- sophical Society in the year 1786, the printer being ]Mr. Robert Hindmarsh. It has since appeared in many editions, and has also been translated into French, Swed- ish, Danish, German, Italian, and other languages. The Translator lias been assisted in his labors by a circle of Critics, including the Rev. Samuel M. Warren, the Rev. Philip Cabell, the Rev. James Reed, and Marston iii IV PREFATORY NOTES Niles, Esq., who have rendered invaluable assistance, and who have contributed in a signal manner to the perfection and accu- racy of the work done. Previous translations have also been largely consulted, and many valuable things have been selected from them. In the following translation no attempt has been made to furnish materials for a new translation of the English Bible or of any part of it. In such a work as this, \vhich is largely expository of the internal sense of the Word, and which was origi- nally written in the Latin language, it is manifestly of the first importance that Un- English reader should in so far as possible te put in possession of the very words on which the exposition is based. What we do here is to translate the Latin of Sweden- horg into English, whether that be the Latin )f passages of Holy Scripture or of any- thing else. The making of a new trans- lation of the Word itself, or of any part of it, would Ix- a perfectly distinct under- BY TJIK TRANSLATOR V taking. Nevertheless the phraseology of the English Bible, in either of the author- ized versions, has not been needlessly cast aside, but in all cases where it was found to be sufficiently close to the Latin to truly present its meaning, the familiar wording has been retained. J. F. P. CONTENTS* i. THK HOLY SCRIPTURE OK WOKD is DivitfK TRUTH ITSELF (n. 1-4). II. IN THE WORD THERB is A SPIRITUAL SENSE, HITHERTO UNKNOWN (n. 5-26). i. What the spiritual sense is (n. 5-8). ii. The spiritual sense is in all things of the Word, and in every single par- ticular of it (n. 9-17). iii. From the spiritual sense it is that the Word is divinely inspired, and is holy in every word (n. 18, 19). iv. Hitherto the spiritual sense of the Word has been unknown (n. 20- 26). v. Henceforth the spiritual sense of the Word will be imparted solely to him who from the Lord is in ^vn- uine truths (n. 26). 111. THE SENSE <>K THK LETTER OF THE WORD IS THK HASIS, THE CONTAINANT, AND THK SUPPORT OF ITS SPIRITUAL AND CKIK>- TIAL SENSES (n. 27-30). Compiled by the Translator. vii Vlii CONTENTS IV. DIVINE TRUTH IN THB SEN*E UK THE LKT- TER OF THE WORD 1!* JN ITS FULLNESS, IN ITS HOLINESS, AND IN ITH POWKK in 37-49). v. THE DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH is TO MK DRAWN FROM THE SENSE OF THE LETTEK OF THE WORD, AND 18 TO BE OONFIRMK1> THEREBY (n. 60-61). i. The Word cannot be understood without doctrine (n. 60). ii. Doctrine must be drawn from tin: sense of the letter of the Word, and be confirmed thereby (n. 53). iii. The genuine truth which must l>- of doctrine appears in the sense of the letter to none but those who are in enlightenment from the Lord (n. 67). . \ 7 1. BY MEANS OF THE SENSE OF THE LETTKK OF THE WORD THERE IS CONJUNCTION WITH THE LORD AND ASSOCIATION WITH THE ANGELS (n. 62-68). \ 7 IJ. Till: WoKI) 18 IN ALL THE HEAVENS, ^Nl> 18 THE SOURCE OF ANGELIC WlSDOM III. 70-76). VIII. THE CHURCH is FROM THE WORD, AND I.H SUCH AS IS ITS UNDERSTANDING OF THK \Y..iti. (n. 7(>-7!>K IONTENT8 IX IX. THERE is A MARRIAGE OF THE LORD AND THK CHURCH AND A DERIVATIVE MAK- KIAUE OK GOOD AND TRUTH IN KACH AM) EVERYTHING OF THE WoHl) (ll. 80-90). X. IT 18 POSSIBLE FOR HERESIES TO UK DRAWN FROM THE SENSE OF THE LETTER OF TIIK WORD, BUT IT 18 HURTFUL TO CONFIRM THEM (n. 91-97). XI. THE LORD CAME INTO THE WORLD TO FUL- FILL ALL THINGS OF THE WORD, AM) THEREBY TO BECOME DlVlNE TRUTH OK THE WORD EVEN IN ULTIMATE8 (D. 98 100). XII. BEFORE THE WORD THAT is NOW IN THE WORLD THERE WAS A WORD WHICH IS LOST (n. 101-103). XIII. THE PEOPLE OUTSIDE THE OlUJRCH WHO ARE NOT IN POSSESSION OF THE WOR1' HAVE LIGHT BY ITS MEANS (11. 104-113). XIV. WITHOUT THE WORD NO ONE WOULD HAVK KNOWLEDGE OF A GOD, OF HEAVEN ANI HELL, OR OF A LIFE AFTER DEATH, AND STILL LESS OF THE Loll I (ll. 114-118). . THE DOCTRINE OF THE NEW JERUSALEM CONCERNING THK HOLY SCRIPTURE THE HOLY SCRIPTURE OR WORD is DI- VINE TRUTH ITSELF. 1. It is in everybody's mouth that the Word is from God. is Divinely inspired, and is therefore holy; and yet hitherto no one has known wherein it is Divine. For in the letter the AVord appears like a common writ- ing, in a style that is strange, and neither s<> sublime nor so brilliant as apparently are the writings of the day. For this iva- son a man who worships nature as God, or in preference to God. and who consequently thinks from himself and what is proper to himself, and not from heaven from the Lord, may easily fall into error in respect to the 1 2 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 1 Word, and into contempt for it, and while reading it may say to himse.lf. What is this? what is that? can this be Divine? could God, whose wisdom is infinite, speak in this manner '.' wherein consists its holiness, and whence conies its holiness, except from re- ligious feeling and its consequent persua- sion? 2. But lie who thinks in this way does not consider that Jehovah Himself, the God of heaven and earth, spoke the Word through Moses and the prophets, and that it must therefore l>e Divine truth itself, for what Jehovah Himself speaks can be noth- ing else. 2s or does he consider that the Lord, who ia the same as -lehovah, spoke the Word that is in the Gospels, much of it with His ( wn mouth, and the rest from the spirit of His mouth, which is the Holy Spirit. This is why, as He Himself says, there is Life in His words, that lie is the Light which enlightens, and that He is the Truth.* [2] That J.shovHh Himself apoke tho Wont through the prophets, has been shown in Th? Doctrin*- ai'thr \ew Je- rusalem coni-frninr) tlif Lord (n. 52, JM). -N. 2] TUK HOLY That the words which the Lord Himself spoke in the Gospels are Life, is Declared in John : The words that 1 speak unto you, t liey are spirit, and they are life (vi. 63). .Jesus said to the womau at Jacob's well. It thou knewest the gift of God, and who it is that sait.h to thee, Give Me to drink, thou wouldest have asked of Him, and He would have given the*- living water. Whosoever drinketh of the water that I shall give him shall never thirst ; but the \\uter that I shall give him shall be in him a well of water springing up into eternal life (iv. <>, 10, 14). "Jacob's well 7 ' signifies the Word, as also iu Deut. xxxiii. 28, for which reason the Lord sat there and conversed with the wo man. And " water" signifies the truth th;it is in the Word. [3] Again in John : It any man thirst, let him come unto Mr. and I i ink. He that believeth in Me, as the Scriptuiv hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water (vii. 37, 38). Peter said unto Jesus, Thou hast thf words of denial life (vi. 68). 4 DOCTRINE CONCKKMN*. [>. > Ami therefore the Lord says in Ma //.-.- Heaven and earth shall pass away ; but My words shall not pass away (xiii. 31). The reason the Lord's words are "Life," is that He Himself is the " Life" and the "Truth," as He teaches in John .- I am the way, the truth, and the life (xiv. 0). In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and God was the Word ; in Him was life ; and the life was the light of men (i. 1, 4.) " The Word'' here means the Lord as to Di- vine truth, in which alone there is life and there is light. [4] It is on this account that the Word, which is from the Lord and which is the Lord, is called A fountain of living waters (Jer. ii. 13 ; ivii. 13 : xxxi. H) : A fountain of salvation (Isa. xii. 3) : A fountain (Zech. xiii. 1) : A river of the water of life (Rev. ixii. 1). And it is said that The Lamb that is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters [Rev. vii. 17). THK HOLY SCKM'TURK 5 Besides other passages where the Word is called the "Sanctuary" and the "Taber- nacle" in which the Lord dwells with man. 3. But the natural man cannot l>e per- suaded by these considerations to believe that the Word is Divine truth itself wherein are Divine wisdom and Divine life; for he judges it by its style, and in this they do not appear. Yet the style of the Word is tlic Divine style itself, with which no other style, however sublime and excellent it may se.-in. is at all to be compared; for every other style is as darkness is to light. The style of the Word is such that there is holi- ness in every sentence, and in every word, and in some places in even the. very letters. This is why the Word conjoins man with the Lord, and opens heaven. From the Lord proceed two things: Divine love, and Di- vine wisdom ior, what is the same, Divine -oou. and Divine truth, for Divine good is i.t His Divine love, and Divine truth is of His Divine wisdom), and in its essence the Word is both of these; and as it conjoins 6 KOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 8 man with the Lord, and opens heaven, it follows that the man who reads it from the Lord, and not from himself alone, is filled by it with the good of love and the truths of wisdom ; his will with the good of love. ami his understanding with the truths of wisdom. In this way man has life by means of the Word. 4. Therefore in order to remove all doubt as to such being the character of the Word, the Lord has revealed to me the Word's internal sense. In its essence this sense is spiritual, and in relation to the external sense, which is natural, is as soul is to body. This sense is the spirit which gives life to the letter; it can therefore Itear witness to the Divinity and Holiness of the Word, and convince even the natural man, if he is will- ing to be convinced. ' N. 4] THI: HOLY s< IMI J TI m: I\ THE WoKU THEKE IS A SPIRITUAL SENSE, HITHERTO ux KNOWN. Tliis subject shall lx- considered in the fol- lowing order: i. What the spiritual sense is. ii. This sense is in all things of the Word and in every single particular of it. iii. From this sense it is that the Word is divinely inspired, and is holy in every word. iv. Hitherto this sense has been unknown. v. Henceforth it will be imparted solely to him who from the Lord is in genuine truths. 5. i. IHiat tlr xjtiritiiK? *,/.,-, /x. The spiritual sense of the Word is not that sense which shines forth from the sense of the letter while one is studying and un- folding the meaning of the Word with iii- teiit to confirm some tenet of the church. This is the literal sense of the Word. The 8 DOCTKIXK COiNCEKMNc; [N 5 spiritual sense does not appear in the sense of the letter, being within it as the soul in the body, as thought in the eyes, and as affection in the face, which act as a one, like cause and effect. It is this sense chiefly which renders the Word spiritual, not for men only, but for angels also; and there- fore by means of this sense the Word ,<, r i vt-s communication with the heavens. 6. From the Lord proceed the CELES- TIAL, the SPIRITUAL, and tlu- X ATI KAL, one after another. That is tailed the CKLKSTIAL which proceeds from His Divine love^ and is Divine good; that is called the SIMUIT- UAL which proceeds from His Divine wis- dom, and is Divine truth; the XATUKAL is from both, being their complex in the ulti- mate. The angels of the Lord's celestial kingdom, of whom is composed the third or highest heaven, are in that Divine which proceeds from the Lord that is called the Celestial, for they are in the good of love from the Lord. The angels of the Lord's spiritual kingdom, of whom is composed N. ] THK -HOJ,Y S( KI1"H HI 9 the second or middle heaven, are in that Divine which proceeds from the Lord thai is called the Spiritual, for they are in truths of wisdom from the Lord.* But the men of the church on earth are in the Divine Natural, which also proceeds from the Lord. From this it follows that the Di- vine in proceeding from the Lord to its ulti- mates descends through three degrees, and is named the (Jelestial, the Spiritual, and the Natural. The'Divine which conies down from the Lord to men descends through these three degrees ; and when it has conn- down, it holds these three degrees container! within it. Such is everything Divine, so that when it is in its ultimate degree it is in its fullness. Such is the Word: in its ultimate sense it is natural, in its interior sense it is spiritual, and in its inmost sense it is celestial ; and in each sense it is Di- vine. That such is the nature of the Word * That there are two kingdoms of which the heavens consist, one of which is called the celestial kingdom, ami the other the spiritual kingdom, may be seen in the work on Heat-en and Hell (n. 20-28). 10 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. H does not appear in the sense of the letter, which sense is natural, for the reason that hitherto the man of this world has known nothing about the heavens; and conse- quently has not known what the Spiritual is, nor what the Celestial is, nor therefore the distinction between them and the Natural. 7. The distinction between these degrees cannot be known unless correspondence is known. For these three degrees are alto- gether distinct from each other, like end, cause, and effect, or like prior, posterior, and postreme; yet they make one by cor- respondences, for the Natural corresponds to the Spiritual, and also to the Celestial. What correspondence is may be seen in the work on Heaven and Ifell, where the sub- ject of the correspondence of all things of heaven with all things of man has been t reated of (n. 87-102) ; and also the corre- spondence of heaven with all things of tlu- narth (n. 103-115). The same will further appear below, from examples adduced from the Word. X. 8] THK HOLY 8CKIPTURK 11 8. As therefore the Word interiorly is spiritual and celestial, it is written exclu- sively by correspondences. And what is thus written is in its ultimate sense written in a style such as is that of the Prophets and Evangelists, which, although it may appear common, yet conceals within it Di- vine and all angelic wisdom. 9. ii. The spiritual sense -Is in all thinys if the Word y and in every single particular <>f it. This cannot be better seen than by examples, such as the following. John says in the Revelatwn : I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse, ;ind He that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness He doth judge and make war. His eyes were as a name of fire, and on His head were many crowns, and He had a name written that no man knew but He Himself, and He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood, ;ind His name is called THE WORD OK GOD. And His armies in heaven followed Him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean. And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, Kixo OF KINGS AND LORD OK LORDS. And I saw an angel standing in the sun, and he cried 12 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 9 with a loud voice, Come and gather yourselves together to the great supper, that ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, and small and great (xiz. 11-18). What these things signify cannot be known except from the spiritual sense of the Word, and no one can know the spiritual sense ex- cept from a knowledge of correspondences, for all the above words are correspondences, and not one word there is without meaning. The knowledge of correspondences teaches what is signified by the white horse, what by Him who sat thereon, what by His eyes that were as a flame of fire, what by th* crowns that were upon His head, what by His vesture dipped in blood, what by the white linen in which they were clothed who were of His army in heaven, what by th^ angel standing in the sun, what by tin- great supper to which they should come and gather themselves, and what by the flesh of kings, and captains, and others, which they X. '/[ THK HOLY SCRIPTURK 1 "> slioukl eat. The signification of each of these things in the spiritual sense may be seen in the little work on Tin H'/tiff //,:. where they are explained, so that it is un- !iee.->suy to explain them further here. In that little work it has l>een shown that the Lord in respect to the Word is here de- scriVied ; and that by His eyes which were as a flame of lire, and by the crowns that were upon His head, and by the name that HO one knew but He Himself, is meant the spiritual sense of the Word, and that no one can know it but the Lord Himself and he to whom He wills to reveal it; and also that by His vesture dipped in blood is meant the natural sense of the Word, which is the sense of its letter, to which violence has t>een done. That it is the Word which is thus described is very evident, for it is said "His name is called THK WORD OK ( roi) ;'' and that it is the Lord who is meant is equally clear, for it is said that the name of Him who sat on the white horse was writ- ten. KINO OF KINGS A>:D LOKD OF LORDS. 14 DOCTKIKK C-OXCEKMNN [N. R That at the end of the church the spiritual sense of the Word is to be opened, is sig- nified not only by what is said of the whit*' horse and of Him who sat thereon, but also by the great supper to which the angel stand- ing in the sun invited all to come, and to eat the flesh of kings and of captains, of mighty men, of horses, and of them that sat on them. and of all both free and bond. All these ex- pressions would be empty words and devoid of spirit and life, unless there were what is spiritual within them, like soul in body. 10. In the Revelation, chapter xxi., the Holy Jerusalem is thus deseril>ed : Tliiit there was a light in her like unto a stone most precious, as it were a jasper stone, clear as crystal ; that she had a wall great and high, having twelve gates, and over the gates twelve angels, ami the names written thereon of the twelve tribes of the sons of Israel ; that the wall was a hundred and forty-four cubits, which is the measure of a man, that is, of an angel ; and that the structure of the wall was of jasper, and its foundations of every prer.ions stone, of jasper, sapphire, chal- cedony, emerald, sardonyx, sardius, chrysolite. N. 10] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 15 beryl, topaz, chrysoprase, jacinth, and amethyst. : that the twelve gates were twelve pearls ; thai the city itself was pure gold, like unto pure glass : and that it was four-square ; and that the length, the breadth, and the height thereof were equal, twelve thousand furlongs ; with many other par- ticulars. That all these things are to be understood spiritually, is evident from the fact that by the Holy Jerusalem is meant a New Church which is to be set up by the Lord, as has teen shown in The Doctrine concerning th<' Lord (n. 62-65). And as the church is here signified by Jerusalem, it follows that all the things said of it as a city con- cerning its gates, its wall, the foundations of its wall, and their measures contain :i spiritual sense ; for the things that are of the church are spiritual. But what the sev- eral things signify has been explained in the work On the New Jerusalem, published in London in the year 1758 (n. 1). I then-- fore refrain from a further explanation of them here. It is sufficient thai; it be known from that source that there is a spiritual 16" IMH TIMM: < i>.\< KKNIN<; [N. in sense in each several particular of the de- scription, like a soul in its body ; and that \\ithout this sense nothing of the church would be understood in the things thriv written ; such as that the city was of pure gold ; that its gates were of pearls ; its wall of jasper; the foundations of its wall of precious stones : that its wall was of a hun- dred and forty-four cubits, which is the measure of a man, that is, of an angel ; and that the city itself was twelve thousand fur- longs in length, breadth, and height ; and so on. But whoever, from a knowledge of correspondences, has come to know the spiritual sense, will understand these par- ticulars ; as that the wall and its foundations signify doctrine from the literal sense of the Word; and that the iiumlxTs twelve, one hundred and forty-four, and twelve thousand, signify like things, namely, all the truths and goods of the church in one complex. 11. In the Revelation, chapter vii., it is said : N. ll] THK H01,Y S< RIl'TURE 17 That there were, sealed one hundred and forty- four thousand twelve thousand of each tribe of Israel of the tribe of Judah, of the tribe of Reuben, of Gad, of .A slier, of Naphtali, of Manas- seh, of Simeon, of Levi, of Issai-har. of Zebnlon. of Joseph, and of Benjamin. The spiritual sense of these words is that all are saved in whom is the church from the Lord ; for, in the spiritual sense, to be sealed on the forehead, or to l>e sealed, sig- nifies to IM- acknowledged by the Lord and saved. The twelve tribes of Israel signify all of that church ; twelve, twelve thou- sand, and a hundred and forty-four thou- sand, signify all ; Israel signifies the church; and each trilx 1 some specific thing of the church. He who does not know this spirit- ual signification of these words may im- agine that only this precise number are to be saved, and they solely from the Israel - itish and Jewish nation. 12. In the Revelation, chapter vi., it is said : That when the Lamb opened the first seal ot the book, there went forth a white horse, and that 2 18 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 12 he who sat thereon had a bow, and to him was eginning to its end, in respect to its un- derstanding of the Word. The "opening of the seals of the book by the Lamb'' sig- nifies the manifestation by the Lord of those states of the church. A "horse" signifies the understanding of the Word ; the " white horse," the understanding of truth from the Word in the first state of the church ; the N. 12] THK HOLY SOJKIPTURK 19 how'' of him who sat upon that horse, the iloctrine of charity and faith fighting against falsities; the " crown," eternal life the prize of victory. The "red horse" signifies the understanding of the Word destroyed in respect to good, in the second state of the church ; the " great sword," falsity fighting against truth. The "black horse'' signifies tlu: understanding of the Word destroyed in respect to truth, in the third state of the church ; the " pair of balances." the es- timation of truth so small that there, \vas scarcely any. The "pale horse" signifies the understanding of the Word annihilated by evils of life and the derivative falsities. in the fourth or last state of the church : and "Death" signifies eternal condemna- tion. It is not apparent in the sense of the letter or natural sense that such is the sig- nification of these things in the spiritual sense, so that unless the spiritual sense were at some time opened, the Word as to this and all other things in the Revolution would be so completely closed that at last no 20 DOCTRINK ( <>N< KKXING [>,'. \-> onr would know wherein its Divine holiness lies. It is equally so in resjtect to what is signified by the " four horses" and the >; four chariots" that came forth from between two mountains of brass (Zt'fh. vi. 1 Si. 13. In tile Rwcliititnt. chapter ix., \\t- read : The fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fill! from heaven unto the earth, and to hini was given the key of the bottonilass pit : and lie opened the bottomless pit, and there went up a smoke out of the pit as the smoke of a great furnace ; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit ; and there came out of the Miiok.- locusts upon the earth, and unto them was given power as the scorpions of the earth have pnwer. The shapes of the locusts were like unto hor.-M- prepared for war, and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold ; and their faces were as the faces of men ; and they had hair as the hair of women ; and their teeth were as the teeth of HonB ; and they had breastplates as of iron ; ami the sound of their wings was as the sound of char- iots, of many horses running to war; and thc\ had tails like scorpions ; and there were stings in their tails ; and their power was to hurt men five months. And they had a king over them, the angel X. 18] THK HOLY S( RII'TUIJK 21 >f the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew- is Abaddon, but in the Greek he hath the name Ajiollyon (verses 1-8, 7-11). Neither coujd these things l>e understood by any one unless the spiritual sense were revealed to him ; for nothing here is said emptily, but every single thing has its sig- nification. The subject here treated of is the state of the church when all knowledges of truth from the Word have been destroyed, and consequently man, having In-come sen- suous, persuades himself that falsities are truths. [2] The " star fallen from heaven," signifies the knowledges of truth destroyed ; the "sun and air darkened," signifies the light of truth Income thick darkness; the locusts that came out of the smoke of the pit," signify falsities in the outermost things such as exist with those who have l>eeome sensuous, and who see and judge all things from fallacies; a "scorpion" signifies their persuasiveness. That the locusts appeared "like horses prepared for war," signifies their reasonings as it were from the under- Uli norTKLNK CMNCKKMNG x. \$ standing of truth ; that the locusts had "crowns like gold upon their heads, and faces- as the faces of men," signifies that they appeared to themselves as conquerors, and as wise ; their having " hair as the hair of women," signifies that they appeared to themselves as if they were in the affection of truth ; their having " teeth as the teeth of lions," signifies that sensuous things, which are ultimate things of the natural man, ap- peared to them as having power over all things. [3] Their having " breastplates as breastplates of iron," signifies argumenta- tions from fallacies by which they fight and prevail ; that " the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots running to wax,'* signifies reasonings as if from the truths of doctrine from the Word for which they were to fight; their having "tails like scor- pions," signifies persuasions; their having " stings in their tails," signifies their cun- ning arts of deceiving thereby ; their having 'power to hurt men five months," signi- fies that they induce a kind of stupor on N. 13] THK H<>J,Y st KH'TURK 2o those who are in the understanding of truth awl )>erception of good; their having "a king over them, the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name is Abaddon or Apollyon." signifies that their falsities were from hell, where dwell those who are merely natural and in self-intelligence. [4] This is the spiritual sense of these words, of which nothing appears in the sense of the letter. Everywhere in the Mtoel&tioft it is the same. Be it known that in the spiritual sense all things hang together in a continuous con- nection, which is fitted together in such a manner by the force and meaning of all the words in the literal or natural sense, that if even a little word were taken out of it. the connection would be broken and the coherence would perish. In order to pre- vent this, it is added at the end of this prophetical book, That not a word shall be taken away (Rev. xxii. 19). It is the same with the books of the prophets of the Old Testament : in order to prevent LM DOCTRINE CONCKKX1XG [Sj 13 anything from being taken away from them, it came to pass of the Lord's Divine Provi- dence that everything therein down to the \ fry letters was counted. This was done l>y the Masorites. 14. In speaking to His disciples about the consummation of- the age (which is the last time of the church), at the end of His predictions concerning the successive changes of state in the church, the Lord says. Immediately after the affliction of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. And then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven, and 'then shall all the tribes of the earth wail, and they shall see the Son of man roming in the clouds of heaven with power and much glory. And He shall send His angels with a trumpet and a great voice, and they shall gather together His elect from the four winds, from the end of the heavens even to thi- end of them (Mutt. xxiv. 20-31). [2] By these words, in the spiritual sense, is not meant that the sun and moon would N. 14] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 25 l>e darkened, that the ( stars would fall from heaven, that the Lord's sign would appear in heaven, and that He would be seen in the clouds together with angels with trumpets, hut by every word is meant some spiritual thing that is of the church, concerning the state of which at its end these things were spoken. For, in the spiritual sense, the sun, which shall be darkened. " means the Lord as to love; the moon, which shall not give her light." means the Lord as to faith; the "stars, which shall fall from heaven," mean the knowledges of what is ,^'ood and true that would perish ; the " sign of the Son of man in heaven/' means tin- appearing of Divine truth; the "tribes of the earth, which shall wail," means the lack of all truth that is of faith, and of all good that is of love; the "coming of the Son of man in the clouds of heaven with power and glory," means the Lord's presence in the Word, and revelation; "clouds" signify the sense of the letter of the Word, and "glory." the spiritual sense of the Word; 26 IHK.'TKINK Till; HOJ.Y M KIITL'KK U l . uot straiten Ephraim ; but they shall fly upon the shoulder of the Philistines toward the Bea, to- gether shall they spoil the sons of the east, Kdoin and Moab sliall be the putting forth of i heir hand. Jehovah shall utter a curse against I]K> tongue of the Egyptian sea, and with the ve- hemence of His spirit He shall shake His hand over the river, and shall smite it into seven streams, -o that He shall make a way [to pass over it] with shoes. Then shall there be a path for the remnant of His people, which remnant shall be from Asshur ixi. 13-1(5). Mere also no one would see anything Divine except one who knows what is signified by the several names; and yet the subject treated of is the Lord's advent, and what shall then come to pass, as is plainly evi- dent from verses 1 to 10. Who, therefore, without the aid of the spiritual sense, would .see that by these things in their order is si^ nitwHl that they who are in falsities from ignorance, yet have not suffered themselves to be led astray by evils, will (tome to the Liord, and that the church will then under- stand the Word ; and that falsities will then 80 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. K> HO longer harm them. [3] The case is the same where there are not names, as in Ezc- kiel : Thus saith the Lord Jehovih, Son of man, say unto the bird of every wing, and to every wild I least of the field, Assemble yourselves and come, Bather yourselves from round about to My sacri- lice which I sacrifice for you, a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may eat flesh .iii'l drink blood ; ye shall eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth ; ye shall eat fat to satiety, and drink blood to drunkenness, of My sacrifice which I have sac- rificed for you. Ye shall be sated at My table with the horse and the chariot, with the mighty man, and with every man of war. Thus will I .set My glory among the nations (xxxix. 17-21). One who does not know from the spiritual sense what is signified by a sacrifice, by flesh and blood, by a horse, a chariot, a mighty man, and a man of war, would sup- pose that such things were to be eaten and drunk. l>ut the spiritual sense teaches that to " eat the flesh and drink the blood of the sacrifice which the Lord Jehovih will offer upon the mountains of Israel," signifies to N. 16l THE HOLi' SCRIPTURE 31 appropriate to one's self Divine good and Divine truth from the Word; for the su\t- ject treated of is the calling together of all to the Lord's kingdom, and, specifically, the setting up anew of the church by tin- Lord among the nations. Who cannot see that bv " flesh" is not here meant flesh, nor blood by il blood" ? As that people should drink blood to drunkenness, and that they should be sated with horse, chariot, mighty man, and every man of war. So in a thou- sand other passages in the Prophets. 16. Without the spiritual sense no one would know why the prophet Jeremiah \v;is commanded To buy himself a girdle, and put it on his loins . :uid not to draw it through the waters, but to hidr it in a hole of the rock by Euphrates (Jer. xiii. 1-7). Or why the prophet Isaiah was commanded To loose the saekeloth from off his loins, and put the shoe from off his foot, and go naked and bare- foot three years (Isit. xx. 2, 3). Or why the prophet Ezekiel was commanded 32 UOUTKISE CONCERNING [N. i To pass a razor upon his head and upon his beard, and afterwards to divide the hairs, and burn a third part in the midst of the city, smite a third part with the sword, scatter a third part in the wind, and bind a few of them in his skirts, and at last throw them into the midst of the fire (Ezek. v. 1-4). Or why the same prophet was commanded To lie upon his left side three hundred and ninety days, and upon his right side forty days, and to make himself a cake of wheat, and barley, and millet, and spelt, with the dung of an ox, and eat it ; and in the meantime to raise a rampart and a mound against Jerusalem, and besiege it (Ezek. iv. 1-16). Or why the prophet Hosea was twice com- manded To take to himself a harlot to wife (Hos. i. 2-9 ; iii. 2, 3). And many like things. Moreover, without the spiritual sense who would know what is signified by all the things pertaining to the tabernacle, such as the ark, the mercy- seat, cherubim, lampstand, altar of incense, the bread of faces on the table, and its veil* N. 16] THK HOLY SCRIPTURE 33 ;md curtains? Who without the spiritual sense would know what is signified by Aaron's garments of holiness, by his coat, c,loak, ephod, urim and thuminim, mitre, and other things ? Who without the spir- itual sense would know what is signified by all the things enjoined concerning the burnt-offerings, sacrifices, meat-offerings, ;ind drink-offerings ? and also concerning the sabbaths and feasts ? The truth is that not the least thing was commanded con- cerning them that did not signify some- thing of the Lord, heaven, and the church. From these few examples it may be clearly seen that there is a spiritual sense in all things of the Word and in every particular of it. 17. That the Lord when in the world spoke by correspondences, thus that He spoke spiritually while He spoke naturally, is evident from His parables, in each and every word of which there is a spiritual sense. Take for example the parable of the fen virgins : 3 34 DOCTRINE < OX< KKMN. (_N. 17 The kingdom of the heavens is like unto ten virgins, who took their lamps and went forth to meet the bridegroom : five of them were wise, and five were foolish ; they that were foolish took their lamps, and took no oil, but the wise took oil in their amps. While the bridegroom tamed they all slumbered and slept ; and at midnight there wan a cry made, Behold, the bridegroom cometh, go ye out to meet him. Then all those virgins awaked, and trimmed their lamps ; and the foolish said unto the wise, Give us of your oil. for our lamps are gone out ; but the wise answered, saying, Not so, lest there be not enough for us and you ; but go ye rather to them that sell, and buy for yourselves. And while they went away to buy, the bridegroom came, and they that were ready went in with him to the wedding, and the door was shut. After- wards came also the other virgins, saying, Lord, lord, open to us ; but he answered and said. Verily I say unto you, I know you not (Matt. xxv. 1-12).. [2] That there is a spiritual sense in each and every one of these things, and a conse- quent Divine holiness, can be seen by him only who knows that a spiritual sense exists, and what is its nature. In the spiritual sense, the " kingdom of God'' means heaven N. 17] THE HOLY SCKIPTl'HK 35 and the church ; the " bridegroom," the Lord ; the " wedding," the marriage of the Lord with heaven and the church by means of the good of love and of faith. " Virgins" signify those who are of the church ; " ten," all ; " five," some ; " lamps," the truths of faith ; " oil," the good of love ; to " sleep," and to " awake," the life of man in this world which is natural life, and his lift- after death which is spiritual; to "buy," to procure for themselves ; to "go to them that sell and buy oil," to procure for them- selves the good of love from others after death ; and as this can then be no longer procured, although they came with their lamps and the oil they had bought to the door where the wedding was, yet the bride- groom said to them " I know you not." The reason is that after his life in this world a man remains such as he had lived in this world. [3] From all this it is evident that the Lord spoke exclusively by correspond- ences, and this because He spoke from tin- Divine that was in Him, and was His. That :-><> [MM TFJINK ONCKKMNfi [\. 17 the " bridegroom" signifies the Lord ; the kingdom of the heavens," the church ; :i < wedding," the marriage of the Lord with the church by means of the good of love and of faith ; " ten," all ; " five," some ; to "sleep," a natural state; to "buy," to procure for one's self; a "door," entrance into heaven ; and " not to know them," when spoken by the Lord, not to be in His love, is evident from many passages in the prophetic Word where these expressions have a like signification. It is because virgins" signify those who are of the church tlxat the virgin and daughter of Zion. of Jerusalem, of Judah, and of Israel, are so often mentioned in the prophetic Word. And it is because " oil" signifies the good of love that all the holy things of the Israel- itish Church were anointed with oil. It is the same with all the other parables, and with all the words the Lord spoke, and that were written in the Gospels. This is why Uie Lord says that His words are spirit and are life (Johnvi. 68). N. 17] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 37 J4] It is the same with all the Lord's mira- cles, which were Divine because they signi- fied the various states of those with whom the church was to be set up anew by the Lord. Thus when the blind received sight, it signified that they who had been in igno- rance of truth should receive intelligence ; when the deaf received hearing, it signified that they who had previously heard noth- ing about the Lord and tin "\Yord should hearken and obey; when the dead were raised, it signified that they who otherwise would spiritually perish would become liv- ing ; and so on. This is meant by the Lord's reply to the disciples of John, who sent them to ask whether He was the One that should come : Tell John the things which ye do hear and see : the blind receive their sight, and the lame walk. the lepers are cleansed, and the deaf hear, the Divine? Therefore lest such a thought should flow in with many, and should after- \vards prevail, and thereby the conjunction of the Lord with the church, in which is tin- Word, should perish, it has now pleased the Lord to reveal the spiritual sense, in order that it may be known where in the X. 18 J THK HOLY SCKIFTURK 39 Word this holiness lies hid. [2] This again may be illustrated by examples. The Word treats sometimes of Egypt, sometimes of Asshur, sometimes of Edom, of Moab, of the sons of Ammon, of Tyre and Sidon. of Gog; and one who does not know that these names signify things of heaven and the church may be led into the error that the Word treats much of nations and peo- ples, and but little of heaven and the church ; thus much of earthly, and little of heavenlj- things. But when he knows what is signi- fied by them, or by their names, he can come out of error into truth. [3] And so when he sees in the Word such frequent mention of gardens, groves, and forests, and also of the trees in them, as the olive, vine, cedar, poplar, oak; and also such frequent men- tion of the lamb, sheep, goat, calf, ox ; and likewise of mountains, hills, valleys, and the fountains, rivers, and waters in them, and many like things, one who knows noth- ing about the spiritual sense of the Word must believe that these things only are 40 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [. 18 meant. For he is not aware that a gar- den, grove, and forest, mean wisdom, intel- ligence, and knowledge ; that an olive, vim-. cedar, poplar, and oak, mean the celestial, spiritual, rational, natural, and sensuous good and truth of the church ; that a lamb, sheep, goat, calf, and ox ? mean innocence, charity, and natural affection; that moun- tains, hills, and valleys, mean higher, lower, and lowest things of the church; that Egypt signifies memory-knowledge,* As- shur reason, Edom the Natural, Moab the adulteration of good, the sons of Ammon the adulteration of truth, Tyre and Sidon the knowledges of truth and good, and Gog external worship without internal. But when a man knows these things he is able to consider that the Word treats solely of heavenly things, and that these earthly things are merely the subjects (subjecta) in which the heavenly things are. [4] But let, this also be illustrated by an example from the Word. We read in Dnr!,/-. * See foot-note on p. 42. N. 18] TllK IHU/r srilHTUUK 41 The voice of Jehovah is upon the waters ; the (Jod i >f glory maketh it to thunder; Jehovah is upon the H"v> the cedars of Lebanon. He maketh them also to skip like a calf. Lebanon and Sirion like a >TI of unicorns. The voice of Jehovah cutteth "Ut as a flame of fire. The voice of Jehovah makei.h the wilderness to tremble ; it maketh the wilderness of Kadesh to tremble. The voice of Irhnvah maketh the hinds to be in travail, and layeth bare the forests ; but in His temple every <>ne saith, Glory (Ps. xxix. 3-0). He who is not, aware that everything here, 'veil as to every single word, is divinely holy, may, if a merely natural man, say to himself. What is this that Jehovah sit- r'th upon the waters, that by His voice He ttreakfth the cedars, maketh them skip like ;i caif. and Lebanon like a son of unicorns, and maketh the hinds to lx j , in travail, and so on '.' For he knows not that in the spirit- ual sense the power of Divine truth, or of the Word, is described by these things. V In this sense, the " voice of Jehovah,*' here called thunder,' 7 means the Divine. 42 -DOCTKINK I O^CfcKNlNfi [N. 18 truth or Word in its power. The " great waters," upon which Jehovah sits, mean the truths of the Word. The "cedars," and " Lebanon," which He " breaks," -and "breaks in pieces," mean the false things of the rational man. The " calf," and a " son of unicorns," mean the false things of the natural and of the sensuous man. The " flame of fire," means the affection of what is false. The " wilderness," and the " wil- derness of Kadesh," mean the church in which there is not anything true and good. The "hinds" which the voice of Jehovah causes to be in travail, mean the nations who are in natxiral good. And the ''for- ests" which He lays bare, mean the knowl- edges (scientia.e et cognition.es)* which the Note the careful distinction made by Swedenborg between those knowledges that are merely in the exter- nal memory, and those which a man has Rome real knowl- edge of by experience or in some other way, and which are therefore not mere matters of memory. The former he calls " memory-knowledges (scifntiac or scicntiflca.) ;" the latter simply knowledges (rognitimi-e*)." This dis- tinction runs all through these works, and must not be lost eight of, the recognition of it being vital to the un- derstanding of important .loci vines. [Tit.] N. 18] THK HOLY S< KII'TrUK \'.'> Word opens to them. Therefore these \v >r< 1 s follow: "In His temple every one saith. Glory," which ine'an that tliere are Divine truths in each and every thing of the Word. For the "temple" signifies the Lord, and therefore the Word, and also heaven and the church ; and "glory" signifies Divine truth. From all this it is evident that there is not a word in this passage that is not descriptive of the Divine power of the Word against falsities of every kind in nat- ural men, and of the Divine }>ower in re- forming the nations. 19. There is a still more interior sense in the Word which is called CELESTIAL, and of which something has l)een said above (n. 6) ; but this sense can with difficulty I* made plain, because it does not fall so much into the thought of the understand! ntr as into the affection of the will. The reason there is in the Word this still more interior sense called celestial, is that there proofed. > from the Lord Divine good and Divine truth, Divine good from His Divine love, 44 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 10 and Divine truth from His Divine wisdom ; and both are in the Word, for the Word is the Divine proceeding ;* and it is for this reason that the Word gives life to those who devoutly read it. ! But this subject will be spoken of in the chapter in which it will be shown that there is a marriage of the Lord and the church, and a derivative mar- riage of good and 'truth, in each and every thing of the Word. 20. iv. Hitherto the spiritual sense of the Word hus been unknown. It has been shown in the work on Heaven and Hell (n. 87-105) that all things of nature, and like- wise of the human body; and also every single particular in them, correspond to spiritual things. Hitherto, however, it has not been known what correspondence is, although in the inost ancient times this was very well known'; for the science of corre- spondences was then the science of sciences, ;md was so universal that all the writings I * That is, the Divine in the act of proceeding. See i..,,t-note to IMrine / the Lord (n. 2, page 4). [TR.] N. 20] THE HOLY SCKlfTUKK 4i> and books were Britten by means of corre- spondences. [2] -The book of Job, which is an ancient book, is full of correspondences. The hieroglyphics of the Egyptians, and also the fabulous stories of highest antiq- uity, were nothing but correspondences. All the ancient churches were churches representative of heavenly things; their rites, and also the ordinances according to which their worship was instituted, con- sisted exclusively of correspondences. So did all things of the church among the sons of Jacob; theii- burnt-offerings and sacrifices, with each and every thing thereto pertaining, were correspondences; so was the tabernacle with all its contents; so wriv their feasts, the feast of unleavened things, the. feast of tabernacles, and the feast of first-fruits ; so was the priesthood of Aaron and the Levites, and also the holy garments of Aaron and his sons ; besides all the or- dinances and judgments that concerned their worship and their life. [3] And as Divine things present themselves in th*' 46 IMiCTItlNK OONi.-KlINJXi. [x. 20 world by correspondences, the Word has l>een written exclusively by means of them. And therefore the Lord spoke by corre- spondences, because He spoke from His Divine, for that which is from the Divine, descending into nature, is turned into such things as correspond to Divine things, and which then store up and conceal in their bosom the Divine things that are called celestial and spiritual. 21. I have been instructed that the men of the Most Ancient Church (the church before the flood) were" of a genius so heav- enly that they spoke with angels of heaven, and that they were able to speak with them by means of correspondences. From this the state of their wisdom was rendered such that whatever they saw in this world they thought about not only in a natural way, but spiritually also at the same time, so that they thought unitedly with angels. 1 have been -instructed Ivsides that Enoch (of whom mention is made in ^iV/w.s-/x v. 21 L? h together with his associates, collected cor- >. 21] TiiK iior.v scRtj-rt KK 47 responrtcticcs from the lips of those men of the Most Ancient Church, and transmitted the knowledge of them to posterity, and that in consequence of this the science of correspondences was not only known but was also much cultivated in many kingdoms of Asia, especially in the land of Canaan, in Egypt, Assyria, Chaldea, Syria, Arabia, and also in Tyre, Sidon, and Nineveh ; and that it was carried over from places on the sea-coast there into Greece; but there it was turned into fabulous stories, as is evident from the earliest writers of that country. 22. But when in process of time Ill-- representative things of the church, which were correspondences, were converted into things idolatrous and also into magic, then of the Lord's Divine Providence the knowl- edge of correspondences was gradually blot- ted out of remembrance, and among the Israelitish and Jewish people was alto- gether lost and annihilated. The worship of that nation did indeed consist exclu- 48 DOCTRINE CONCKKMNG [ 22 sively of correspondences, and was conse- quently representative of heavenly things : but still they did not know what anything of it signified, for they were utterly natu- ral men, and therefore were neither willing nor able to know anything about spiritual things, nor consequently about correspond- ences. 23. The reason why, in ancient times, the idolatries of the nations originated from the knowledge of correspondences, was that all things visible on the earth have a corre- spondence; not only trees, but also beasts and birds of every kind, and likewise fishes. and all other things. The ancients, pos- sessing a knowledge of correspondent's, made for themselves images that corre- sponded to heavenly things, and delighted in them because they signified things sucli as belong to heaven, and therefore to tbt- church. They therefore set them not only in their temples, but also in their houses, not to be worshiped, but to call to remem- brance the heavenly things they signified. N. 23] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 49 < '-onsequently in Egypt and elsewhere there were images of calves, oxen, serpents, also of children, old men, maidens; because (Calves and oxen signified affections and jxjwers of the natural man ; serpents, the sagacity of the sensuous man ; children, in- nocence and charity; old men, wisdom ; and maidens, affections of truth; and so on. When the knowledge of correspondences had been blotted out of remembrance, their descendants began to worship as holy, and at last as deities, the images and emblems set up by the ancients, because they stood in and about their temples. [2] So with other nations; as, with the Philistines at Ashdod, Dagon (concerning whom see 1 ^m. v. 1 to end), whose upper part was like a man, and his lower like a fish. This image was so devised because a man signi- fies intelligence, and a fish knowledge, which make a one. It was also l>eeause they pos- sessed a knowledge of correspondences nhat the ancients worshiped in gardens and 3, in accordance with the kinds of 4 50 DOCTRINE CON<;KKMNT [N. #j trees in them; and also upon mountains and hills. For gardens and groves signi- fied wisdom and intelligence, and each par- ticular tree something relating thereto ; as the olive, the good of love ; the vine, truth from that good; the cedar, rational good and truth. A mountain signified the high- est heaven; and a hill, the heaven under it. [3] The knowledge of correspondences survived among a number of the orientals, even until the Lord's advent, as is evident from the wise men of the east who came to the Lord at His birth ; and this was why a star went before them, and why they brought with them as gifts, gold, frankincense, and myrrh (Matt. ii. 1, 2, 9-11). For the " star that went before them" signified knowledge (uognitio) from heaven ; " gold." celestial good ; " frankincense," spiritual good ; and " myrrh," natural good ; from which three is all worship. [4] Nevertheless there was no knowledge of correspondences whatever among the Israelitish and Jewish nation, although everything in their worship, and N. 28] THK HOJ/V .SCKII'TUKK 51 nil the judgments and ordinances delivered them through Moses, and. all things of the Word, were nothing but correspondences. The reason was that at heart they were idolaters, and of such a character that they wen- not even willing to know that any- thing of their worship signified what is celestial and spiritual ; for they desired that all (hose things should be holy in themselves and in connection with thfut : so I hat if celestial and spiritual things had Iteen disclosed to them, they would not only have rejected but would have profaned them. Therefore heaven was so closed toward them that they scarcely knew that there is a life eternal. That this was the case is clearly evident from the fact thai they did not acknowledge the Lord, al- though universal holy Scripture prophesied concerning Him, and foretold His advent ; and they rejected Him for this sole reason that, He taught of a heavenly and no' a.n earthly kingdom ; for they wanted a Messiah who would exalt them above every 52 DOCTRINE COW! KKM Mi (_Jf. 28 other nation in the world, and not a Messiah who cared for their eternal salvation. For the resfc> they affirm that the Word contains within it many arcana that are called mys- tical ; but are unwilling to learn that these refer to the Lord ; they however are quite willing to learn when it is said that the reference is to gold. 24. The reason why the knowledge of correspondences, which gives the spiritual sense of the Word, was not disclosed in times after those, is that the < 'hristians of the primitive church were so very simple that it could .not be disclosed to them; for it would have been of no use to them, nor would it have been understood. After their (lay, in consequence of the papal do- minion, darkness fame over all the Chris- tian world ; and they who are of that do- minion, and have confirmed themselves in its falsities, neither can nor will apprehend anything spiritual, nor consequently what is the correspondence in the Word of nat- ural things \\ ith spiritual. For thereby they N. 24] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 53 would be convinced that by " Peter" is not meant Peter, but the Lord as a Kock ; and they would also be c.onvinced that the Word is Divine even to its inmosts, and that ;i decree of the Pope is relatively of no ac- count. On the other hand, after the Ref- ormation, as men began to effect a sepa- ration between faith and charity, and to worship God in three Persons thus three gods, Avhom they conceived to be one- heavenly truths were hidden from them ; and if they had been disclosed they would have falsified them and applied them to faith alone, and not one of them to charity and love. And thus they would have closet! heaven against themselves. 25. The reason why the spiritual sense of the Word has been at this day disclosed by the Lord is that.the doctrine of genuine truth has now been revealed ; and this doc- trine, and no other, is in accord with the spiritual sense of the Word. This sense, moreover, is signified by the appearing of the Lord in the clouds of heaven with glory 54 1MM TKIXK CONCERNING [N. 26 and power (Matt. xxir. 30, 31); which chapter treats of the consummation of the age, by which is meant the last time of the church. The opening of the Word as to its spiritual sense was also promised in i In- Revelation. It is there meant by the white horse," and by the " great supper" to which all are invited (xix. 11-18). That for a long time the spiritual sense will not l>e recognized, and that this is entirely ow- ing to those who are in falsities of doctrine, especially concerning the Lord, and \vlu> therefore do not admit truths, is meant in the Kevelat-lon by the "beast," and by the kings of the earth," who should make war with him that sat upon the white horse xix. 19). By the "beast" are meant the Papists, as in chapter xvii. .'5; and by the "kings of the earth" are meant the Re- formed who arc in false things of doctrine. 26. v. Ilciifi'fortli tin' tijiiritmi/ nr/iar of tke Word wlU ln< ii/>n //,-./ W/7// t hint /'// j'i-<>ni th.t- Lord /.s /// one can see the N. 26] THK HOLY 8CKIPTURK 55 spiritual sense except from the Lord alone, nor unless from Him he is in genuine truths. For the spiritual sense of the Word treats solely of the Lord and His king- dom; and this is the sense in which are His angels in heaven, for it is His Divine truth there. To this sense a man can do violence if he has a knowledge of corre- spondences, and wishes by means of it and from self-intelligence to investigate the spiritual sense of the Word. For through some correspondences with which he is ac- quainted he may pervert the meaning of it, and may even force it to confirm what is false, and this would be doing violence t,o Divine truth, and also to heaven. And therefore if any one purposes to open that sense from himself and not from the Lord, heaven is closed ; and then the man either sees nothing, or else becomes spiritually insane. [2] Another reason is that the Lord teaches every one by means of the Word, and He teaches from those truths which the man already has, and not with- 56 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. -tf> out a medium does He pour new truths in, so that unless man is in Divine truths, or if he is only in a few truths and at the same time in falsities, he may from these falsify the truths, as it is well known is done by every heretic in regard to the Word's sens*- of the letter. Therefore in order to prv- veut anybody from entering into the spirit- ual sense of the Word, or from perverting the genuine truth that belongs to that sens*-, guards have been set by the Lord, which in the Word are meant by the cherubim. [3] That guards have been set has been repre- sented to me in the following manner : It, was granted me to see great purses, having the appearance of sacks, in which silver was stored up in great abundance. As the purses were open, it seemed as if any one might take out, and even pillage, the silver therein deposited ; but near those purses sat two angels as guards. The plact- where the purses were laid appeared like a manger in a stable. In an adjoining apartment were aeon modest maidens together with a chaste wife, and near that apartment stood two little children, and it wax said that they ve^e to IK- sported with, n/x N. &)J THE HOLY SCKIPTUKK 67 in childish fashion, but wisely. After this there appeared a harlot, and also a horse lying dead. [4] On seeing these things I was instructed that by them was represented the .sense of the letter of the Word, in which i.s the spi ritual sense. The large purses full of silver, sign hied knowl- edges of truth in great abundance. Their being open and yet guarded by angels, sicalyps Revealed (D. 356), aucinp ineanH the inmost of our life (Arcana Coelestia,KfiOr*f). The Im-nminy of a thing Is its being taking form. And the x. 28] THK HOI.Y SCRIPTURE 59 ;ind tliat the end is the esse, the cause the fieri, and the effect the exist&re ; conse- quently, that in every complete thing then- is a trine, which is called first, middle, and ultimate ; also end, cause, and effect ; and ;ilso esse, fieri, and existere. When these t.hings are comprehended, it is also compre- hended that every Divine work is complete and perfect in its ultimate; and likewise that the whole is in the ultimate, which is a trine, because the prior things are together, or simultaneously, in it.* 29. It is from this that by " three," in the Word, in the spiritual sense, is meant what is complete and perfect ; and also the whole simultaneously. And as this is tin- timing forth of a thing is the presentation or manifesta- tion of that thin'.; as an actual reality. Thus the Latin word rxialere has a very different ineaninj.' from the Knjj llsh exist, and cannot be translated hy it without causing a complete mU,-on, .-ption in the mind of the English reader. [TK.] That Is, the two prior degrees are in the ultimate degree in simultaneous order ; for a full explanation of which see below at 11. 38, and also the Angelic Wisdom 'tmcerning the />rr and the Maine Witdam (n. [TK.] 60 DOCTRINK CONCERNING [j}. 'Jf.t signification of the number three, it is em- ployed in the Word whenever any such thing is marked out for notice. As in th- following passages : Isaiah went naked and barefoot, three years (Isa. xx. 3). Jehovah called Samuel three times, and Samuel ran three times to Eli, and Eli understood him the third time (1 Sam. in, 1-8). David said to Jonathan that ho would hide hiui- self in the iield three days ; and Jonathan after- wards shot three arrows at the side of the stone : and after that, David bowed himself down thrw times before Jonathan (1 Sam. xx. 5, 12-41). Elijah stretched himself three times over tbe widow's son (1 Kings xvii. 21). Elijah commanded that they should pour water on the burnt-offering throe times (1 Kings xviii. 34). Jesus said, The kingdom of the heavens is like unto leaven, which a woman took and hid in thrw measures of meal, till the whole was leavened (Matt. xiii. 33). Jesus said unto Peter that lie should deuy iiii thrice (Matt. xxvi. 34). The Lord said three times unto IVtvr, thou Me ? (John xxi. 16-17). N. 20] THK HOLY SCRIPTURK <>1 Jonah was in the whale's belly three days and three nights (Jonah i. 17). Jesus said, Destroy this temple, and in three .lays I will raise it up (John ii. 19 ; Matt. xxvi. 61). Jesus prayed three times in Gethsemane (Matt. xxvi. 39-44). Jeans rose again on the third day (Ifatt. xxviii. 1>- Besides 'many other passages where the number " thro.fr' is mentioned ; and it is mentioned wherever a finished and perfect work is treated of, because this is signified by that number. 30. These things are premised with a view to those which follow, in order that they may lx> comprehended with under- standing; and for the present purpose that it may be comprehended that the natural sense of the Word which is the sense of the letter, is the basis, the containant, and fhe support of its spiritual sense and of its celestial sense. 31. It has l>een said above (n. (5, 19) that there are three senses in the Word; and also that the celestial sense is its first, the 62 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 31 spiritual sense its middle, and the natural sense its ultimate sense. From this the ra- tional man may infer that the first of tht- Word, which is celestial, passes through its middle, which is spiritual, to its ultimate, which is natural ; and thus that its ultimate is the Basis. Fiirthermore that the first of the Word which is celestial, is in its middle which is spiritual, and through this is in its ultimate which is natural, and that con- sequently its ultimate which is natural ami is the sense of the letter, is the Containant. And as the sense of the letter is the Basis and the Containant, it is also the Support. 32. But how these things come to pass cannot be told in a few words. Indeed they are arcana in which are the angels of heaven, and which will be unfolded, so far as can possibly be done, in the treatises mentioned in the Preface to the Doctrine of the Lard and which will lie from An- gelic Wisdom On the Divine Provident**, Omnipotence, Omnipresence, Omniscience, On the Dirini' L<>r<- ninJ tin- />/>/< 11'!*- N. :W THK HOLY SCKIl'THKK dom, and On Life.* For the present it is sufficient to conclude from what has been said above, that the Word which is in an especial sense a .Divine work for the salva- tion of mankind in respect to its ultimate sense which is natural and is called the sense of the letter, is the Basis, the Con- tainant, and the Support of the two interior senses. 33. From all this it follows that with- out the sense of the letter, the Word would be like a palace without a foundation, and thus like a palace in the air and not on the earth, which would be but the shadow of a palace, that would vanish away. Further- more, that without the sense of the letter the Word would be like a temple contain- ing many holy things, and in its midst a sanctuary, but without roof and walls, which are its containants, and in the absence or loss of which its holy things woidd be plun- dered by thieves, or invaded by beasts of See translator's foot-note.- t.> Author's Preface to the Doctrine of the Lord. 64 IKH-TRINE CONCEKHTING [N. gg earth and birds of heaven, and thiis be dis- persed. Or it would be like the tabernacle (in the inmost of which was the ark of the covenant, and in its middle the golden lampstand, the golden altar for incense, and the table on which were the loaves of faces, which were its holy things) without its ultimates, which were the curtains and veils. Nay, without the sense of the letter, the Word would be like a human body with- out its coverings which are called skins, and without its supports which are called bones ; lacking which supports and cover- ings all the interior things of the body would fall asunder. And it would be like the heart and lungs in the chest without their covering which is called the pleura, and their supports which are called UK- ribs. Or like the brain without its covering which is called the dura mater, and without its general covering, containant, ami sup- port, which is called the skull. Thus would it be with the Word without the sense of the letter ; and therefore it is said in Isaiah : N. 33] THJK HOJUY SCKI1 J TURE ffi Jehovah createth upon all the glory a covering (iv. 5). 34. So would it be with the heavens where angels are, without the world wher' men are. The human race is the basis. con tainant, and support of the heavens; and the Word is among men and in them. For all the heavens have been discriminated into two kingdoms, called the celestial kingdom and the spiritual kingdom; these two kingdoms are founded upon a natu- ral kingdom, in which are men. And so therefore is it with the Word which is among men and in "men. (That the an- gelic heavens have been discriminated into two kingdoms, the celestial, and the spirit- ual, may be seen in the work on Heaven and Hdl, n. 20-28.) 35. It has been shown in the Doctr'un of the Lord (n. 28), that the prophets of the Old Testament represented the Lord in respect to the Word, and thereby signi- fied the doctrine of the church from tho Word, and that for this reason they wriv 6 66 DOCTRINE COITCBRWING [x. :-;f, called "sons of man." From this it fol- lows that by means of the various things they suffered and endured, they represented the violence done by the Jews to the sense of the letter of the Word. Thus : The prophet Isaiah was commanded to put off the sackcloth from offhis loins, and to put. off his shoe from off his foot, and to go naked and bare- foot three years (/.s-a. xx. 2, 8). And so The prophet Ezekiel was commanded to pass a barber's razor upon his head and upon his beard, and to burn a third part^n the midst of the city, to smite a third part with the sword, and to scatter a third part in the wind, and to wrap a few of the hairs in hi* skirts, and at last to cast them into the midetof the fire and burn them (Ezek. v. 1-4). [2] As the "prophets" represented the Word, and consequently signified the d<*-- trine of the church from the Word, as said alx>ve, and as the " head" signifies wisdom from the Word, therefore the "hair" and "beard" signify the ultimate of truth. By reason of this signification, it was ;i mark X. 8f>] 'I'HK HOtA' .SORTPTrUK (>7 of deep mourning, and also a great disgrace, for any one to make himself bald, or to !* seen bald. For this and no other reason it was that the prophet shaved off the hair of his head and his beard, that so he might represent the state of the Jewish flhnreh in respect to the Word. For this and no other reason was it that The forty-two children who called Elisha bald were torn to pieces by two she-bears (2 Kings ii. 23,24). For as before said a " prophet" represented the Word, and " baldness" signified tin- Word without its ultimate sense. [3] It will be seen in the next chapter (n. 49) that the " Nazi rites" represented thaLord in re- spect to the Word in its ultimates ; and therefore it was an ordinance for them that they should let their hair grow, and shave off none of it. Moreover the term "Nazi- rite" in the HebVcwtbngne means the hair of the head. It was also an ordinance for the high priest that he should not shave his head (Lev. xxi. 10). tt8 DOCTKINE CONCERNING [N. ;;., Likewise for the head of a household (Ltv. xxi. 5). [4] This was why baldness was to them a great disgrace, as is evident from the fol- lowing passages : On all heads baldness, and every beard shaven (Isa. xv. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 37). Shame upon all faces, and baldness upon all htads (JSzek. vii. 18). Every head made bald, and every shoulder plucked (Ezek. xxix. 18). I will cause sackcloth to come up upon all loin.-*, and baldness upon every head (Amos vili. 10). Put on baldness, and shave thee on account of the sons of thy delights, and enlarge thy bald- ness, for they are gone into exile from ili (Micah i. 10). To "put on baldness" and to "enlarge" it, here signifies to falsify the truths of the Word in its ultimates, for wjien these are falsified (as was done by the Jews) thf whole Word is destroyed ; for the ultimates of the Word are its props and supports ; indeed, each word is a prop and a support to its celestial and spiritual truths. As tht- N. 35] THK HOLY SCRIPTURE 69 hair" signifies truth in the ultimates, in the spiritual world all who despise the Word, and falsify its sense of the letter, appear bald ; whereas they who honor and love it appear with becoming hair. On this subject see also below (n. 49). 36. The Word in its ultimate or natural srn,-H>, which is the sense of the letter, is >i,u r nified also by the wall of the holy Jeru- salem, the structure of which was of jasper ; ;;n lill-M i;i 71 with successive, circumieivnees from center to surface. It shall now l)e told how suc- cessive order becomes simultaneous order in the ultimate. It is in this way: The highest things of successive order become the inmost ones of simultaneous order, and the lowest things of successive order be- come the outermost ones of simultaneous order. Comparatively speaking it is as it' the column of successive parts were to sink down and become a connected body in a plane. [2] Thus is the simultaneous formed from the successive, and this in all things both in general and in particular of the natural world, aud also of the spiritual world; for everywhere there is a tirst. a middle, and an ultimate, and the tirst aims at and goes through the middle to its ulti- mate. Apply this to the Word. The < 'ele>- tial, the Spiritual, and the Natural proceed from the Lord in successive order, and in the ultimate are in simultaneous order : and it is in this way that the celestial and spiritual sense.*- of the Word are simxiltane- 72 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 38 ous in its natural sense. When this is com- prehended, it may be seen how the natural sense of the Word, which is the sense of the letter, is the basis, containant, and support of its spiritual and celestial senses ; and how in the sense of the letter of the Word Divine good and Divine truth are in their fullness, in their holiness, and in their power. 39. From all this it is evident that in the sense of the letter the Word is the very Word itself, for within this sense there are spirit and life, the spiritual sense Iwiug its spirit, and the celestial sense its life. This is what the Lord says : The words that I speak unto you are spirit and are life (John vi. 08). The Lord spoke His words before the world, :ind in the natural sense. The spiritual sense and the celestial sense without the natural sense which is the sense of the letter, are not the Word ; for without it they are like spirit and life without a body ; and are (as before said, n. 33) like a pa !;<< without a foundation. N. 40] THE HOLY srKll'TfKK 7-'! 40. The truths of the sense of the letter of the Word are in part not naked truths, but appearances of truth, and are as it were likenesses and comparisons taken from things such as exist in nature, and thus accommodated and adapted to the appre- hension of the simple and of little children. But being correspondences they are recej>- tacles and abodes of genuine truth; and are like enclosing and containing vessels, as a crystal cup encloses noble wine, and as a silver plate holds palatable food. They are also like garments which clothe, as swathings do an infant, and a pretty dress a maiden. They are also like the memory-knowledges (scientifica) of the nat- ural man which contain within them per- ceptions and affections of truth of the spir- itual man. The naked truths themselves which are enclosed, held, clothed, and con- tained, are in the spiritual sense of the Word; and the naked goods are in its celestial sense. [2] But let this be illus- trated from the Word. Jesus said : 74 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 40 Woe unto you, Scribes and Pharisees, because ye cleanse the outside of the cup and of the platter, hut within they are full of extortion and excess. Thou blind Pharisee, cleanse first the inside of the cup and of the platter, that the outside thereof may bf clean also (Matt, xxiii. 25, 26). The Lord here spoke by means of ulti- mate things which are containants, and said " cup and platter ;" and " cup" means wine, and " wine" the truth of the Word ; and " platter" means food, and " food" the good of the Word. To " cleanse the inside of the cup and platter," means to purify by means of the Word the interior things which belong to will and thought and thus to love and faith. " That the outside may l)e clean also," means that in this way, ex- terior things, which are the actions and the conversation, will have been made pure, for these derive their essence from the interior things. [3] Again, Jesus said : There was a certain rich man, who was clothed in crimsou and fine linen, and living in mirth and splendor every day ; and there was a certaifi poor N. 40] THK HOLT SCRIPTURK 75 man, named Lazarus, who was laid at his porch, full of sores (Luke xvi. 19, 20). Here also the Lord spoke by means of nat- ural things that were correspondences, and contained spiritual things. The " rich man" means the Jewish nation, which is Called " rich'' because it possessed the Word, in which are spiritual riches. The " crim- son and fine linen" with which he was clothed, signify the good and truth of the Word ; " crimson,'' its good, and " fine linen" its truth. To "live in mirth and splendor every day," signifies the delight they had in possessing and reading the Word. The '< poor man Lazarus," means the Gentiles who had not the Word ; and that these wen- despised and scorned by the Jews, is meant by Lazarus lying at the rich man's porch full of sores. [4] The reason the Gentile^ are meant by "Lazarus" is that the Gen- tiles were beloved by the Lord, as Lazarus, who was raised from the dead was l>eloyed by the Lord (John xi. 3, fi, 36), and is 76 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 40 called His friend (xi. 11), and reclined with the Lord at table (xii. 2). From the two foregoing passages it is evi- dent that the truths and goods of the sens*' of the letter of the Word are as vessels and as garments for the naked truth and good that lie hidden in its spiritual and celestial 41. Such being the Word in the sense of the letter, it follows that they who are in Divine truths, and in the faith that the Word within, in its bosom, is Divine holi- ness and much more they who are in the faith that it is from its spiritual and celes- tial senses that the Word is Divine holi- ness see Divine truths in natural light while reading the Word in enlightenment from the Lord. For the light of heaven (in which is the spiritual sense of the Word) flows into the natural light in which is its sense of the letter, and illumines man's in- tellectual called the rational, and causes him to see and recognize Divine truths, both where they stand in plain view, and where N. 41] THK HOLY SCUII'TU RK 77 they lie concealed. With some these Di- vine truths flow in along with the light of heaven ; sometimes even when they are not aware of it. 42. As, in its inmost bosom, from its celestial sense, our Word is like a flame that enkindles ; and as, in its middle bosom, r'rom its spiritual sense, it is like a light that enlightens ; it follows that in its ul- timate bosom, from its natural sense which has within it the two more interior senses, the Word is like a niby and a diamond ; like a ruby from its celestial flame, and like a diamond from its spiritual light. And as from its transparency the Word is like this in the sense of the letter, the Word in this sense of the letter is meant by the foundations of the wall of the New .Je- rusalem ; by the Urim and Thummim in Aaron's ephod ; by the garden of Eden in which had been the king of Tyre ; by the Curtains and veils of the Tabernacle ; and by the externals of the Temple at Jerusa- lem. But in its very glory the Word was 78 DOCTK1XK COX KKM.\<; [N. 4'2 represented by the Lord when He was trans- figured. 43. That the truths <>f the Word's sens<> of the letter are meant by the foundation* of the, trail of the New Jerusalem (Rei\ xxi.), follows from the fact that the " New Jerusalem" means the Xew Church as to doctrine (as has been shown in the Doc- trine of the Lord, n. f>2, 63) ; so that its < wall," and the " foundations of the wall." can mean nothing but the external of the Word which is the sense of the letter, for this is the source of doctrine, and through doctrine of the church, and this sense is like a wall with its foundations that en- doscs and protects a city. < ,'oneerning the wall of the Xew Jerusalem and its foun- dations we read in the h'frf/ntion: The angel measured the wall thereof, a hundred and forty and four cubits, which was the measure of a man, that is, of an angel. And the wall had twelve foundations, adorned with every precious stone. The first foundation was jasper ; the sec- ond, sapphire , the third, chalcedony ; the fourth, emerald ; the fifth, sardonyx ; the sixth, sardiu.* : N. 43] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 79 the seventh, chrysolite ; the eighth, beryl ; the ninth, topaz ; the tenth, chrysoprase ; the elev- enth, jacinth; the twelfth, amethyst (xxi. 17-20). The number " 144" signifies all the truths and goods of the church derived from doc- trine that is drawn from the sense of the letter of the Word. The like is signified by " 12." A " man" signifies intelligence ; an " angel," Divine truth the source of in- telligence ; " measure," the quality of these ; the " wall" and its " foundations," the sense of the letter of the Word ; and the " pre- cious stones," the truths and goods of the Word in their order, which are the source of doctrine, and through doctrine of the church. 44. The truths and yoodn of the sense of the letter of the Word are meant by tin Urim and Thummim. The Uriiu ami Thummim were on the ephod of Aaron. whose priesthood represented the Lord as to Divine good and as to the work of sal- vation. The garments of the priesthood or of holiness represented Divine truth 80 DOCTRINE CONCKRNIKG [x. 44 from Divine good. The ephod represented Divine truth in its ultimate, thus the Word in the sense of the letter, for this, as be- fore said, is Divine truth in its ultimate. ( 1 onsequently the twelve precious stones bearing the names of the twelve tribes of Israel (which were the Urim and Thum- mim) represented Divine truths from Di- vine good in their whole complex. [2] Concerning these we read in Moses: They shall make the ephod of [gold,] hyacinth- ine blue, and bright crimson, of scarlet double- dyed, and fine linen intertwined. And thou shall make a breast-plate of judgment according to the work of the ephod ; and thou shalt set it with set- tings of stones, four rows of stones : a ruby, a topaz, and an emerald, the first row ; a chryso- prase, a sapphire, and a diamond, the second row ; a cyanus, an agate, and an amethyst, the third row ; a thalassius, a sardius, and a jasper, the fourth row. These stones shall be according to the names of the sons of Israel ; the engravings of a signet according to his name shall be for the twelve tribes. And Aaron shall carry upon the breast-plate of judgment the Urim and Thum- IM im ; and let them be upon the heart of Aaron N. 44 ] IHK HOLY SCRirTl'KK. JSl when he goeth in before Jehovah (Exod. xxviii. (>. 16-21, 29, 30). [3] What was represented by Aaron's gar- ments his ephod, robe, vest, mitre, belt has l>een unfolded in the Arcana Coelestiu on this chapter, where it is shown that the ephod represented Divine truth in its ulti- mate ; the precious stones in it, truths j>ellucid from good ; the twelve precious stones, all ultimate truths pellucid from the good of love in their order; the twelve tribes of Israel, all things of the church ; the breast-plate, Divine truth from Divine good ; the Urim and Thummim, the shining forth in ultimates of Divine truth from Di- vine good (for Urim means a shining tire ; and Thummim, in the angelic language, means a shining forth, and in the Hebrew, entirety). Besides many other things, it is there shown also that answers were given by variegations of light and a simultaneous tacit perception, or by a living voice. From all this it is evident that these precious stones signified truths from good in the 82 VMM;TKINE CONCERNING [N. 44 ultimate sense of the Word ; nor are an- swers from heaven given by other means, for in this sense the Divine proceeding is in its fullness. [4] That precious stones and diadems signify Divine truths in their ultimates, such as are the truths of the sense of the letter of the Word, has been made very evident to me from precious stones and diadems in the spiritual world, among the angels and spirits there whom I have seen wearing them I have seen them in their caskets also and it has been given me to know that they correspond to tnith.s in ultimates, and, what is more, that from these truths they exist and come into view. As these truths are signified by diadems and precious stones, John saw diadems Upon the head of the dragon (Rev. xii. 8) : Upon the horns of the beast (Rev. xiii. 1) : And precious stones upon the harlot that sat on the scarlet beast (Rev. xvii. 4). Diadems and precious stones were seen upon the dragon, the beast, and the harlot. N. 44] THK HOLY because these signify the people in the Christian world who are in possession of the Word. 45. The truths of the sense of the Irttn- nf the Word fire meant l>y tJie prer'mmt xtmn-s in the garden of Eden, in which, in Kzrkii-l, the king i if 7'///v is said to /nrrc />f-e. Y\V read in Ezekirl : King of Tyre, thou sealest up thy sum, full of wisdom, and perfect in beauty. Thou hast been in Eden the garden of God ; every precious stone was thy covering, the ruby, the topaz, and the dia- mond, the beryl, the sardonyx, and the jasper, the sapphire, the chrysoprase, and the emerald, and gold (xxviii. 12, 13). -Tyre," in the Word, signifies the knowl- edges of truth and good ; a " king," the truth of the church ; the " garden of Eden," wisdom and intelligence from the Word ; ' precious stones," truths pellucid from good such as are in the sense of the letter of the Word. As the stones signify thest- truths, they are called his "covering." That the sense of the letter covers up the inte- riors of the Word, may Vx- seen in a pre ceding chapter. 46. The sense of the letter of the Wonl is signified by the curtains and veils of tin' Tabernacle. The Tabernacle represented heaven and the church, and therefore the form of it was shown by Jehovah upon Mount Sinai. Consequently all things in the Tabernacle the lampstand, the golden altar for incense, and the table whereon were the loaves of faces represented and con- sequently signified holy things of heaven and the church. The Holy of holies wherein was the ark of the covenant represented and consequently signified what is inmost ot heaven and the church; and the Law itself written on the two tables of stone and en- closed in the ark signified the Lord as to the Word. Now as external things derive their essence from internal things, and both of these from the inmost, which in this case was the Law, it follows that holy things of the Word were represented and signified by all things of the Tabernacle. X. 46] THK HOLY srRIPTURK 85 Therefore the ultimate things of the Tal>- ernacle which were the curtains and veils I and thus its coverings and containants), signified the ultimate things of the Word, which are the truths and goods of the sense of the letter. And because these ultimates of the Word were signified, All the curtains and veils were made of fine linen intertwined, of hyacinthine blue and bright. rimson, and of scarlet double-dyed, with cher- ubim (Exod. xxvi. 1, 31, 36). What the Tabernacle and all things in it represented and signified generally and spe- cifically, has been unfolded in the Arcinm < 'oelestitf on this chapter of Exodus. It is there shown that the "curtains" and "veils" represented external things of heaven and rhe church, and therefore of the Word; and that " fine linen" signified truth from a spiritual origin ; " hyacinthine blue," truth from a celestial origin ; - bright crimson," ivlfstial good; " scarlet double-dyed," spir- itual good; and "cherubim," guards of the interior things of the Word. 8(> IKHJTK1NK COM K1!MX<; [\. 47 47. The external things of the Temple at Jerusalem represented external things of the Word, -which belom/ t tin' wise of tV,v letter. This is because the Temple rep- resented the same as did the Tabernacle, namely, heaven and the church, and con- sequently the Word. That the Temple at Jerusalem represented the Lord's Divine Human, He Himself teaches in John : Destroy this Temple, and in three days I will raise it up ; He spake of the Temple of His Body (ii. W, 21). Where the Lord is meant, there alsois meant the Word, for the Lord is the Word. Now as the interior things of the Temple repre- sented interior things of heaven and Un- church (and therefore of the Word), its exterior things represented and signified exterior things of heaven and the church, and therefore exterior things of the Word, which belong to the sense of its letter. Concerning the exterior things of the Tern pie we read : N. 47] THE HOLY S( KH'TfKK S7 That they were built, of whole stone, not hewn, ;ind within of cedar : and that all its walls within were carved with cherubim, ]>alm-trees, and open- ings of flowers ; and that the. floor was overlaid with gold (1 Kings vi. 7. 29, 30) ; all of which things also signify external things of the Word, which are holy things of the sense of the letter. 48. Tht: }]*<>,'/>/ //v/.< /VY//V- xented by the Lord when II? /ras transfig- ured. Concerning the Lord as transfigured l>e fore Peter, James, ami John, we read : That His face did shine as the sun, and His gar- menls became white a.s the light. That Moses and Klias appeared talking with Him. That a bright cloud overshadowed the disciples : and that ;i voice was heard out of the cloud, saying, This is My beloved Son, hear ye Him (Matt. xvii. 1-5). I have l>een instructed that the Lord then represented the Word ; ' His face that did shine as the sun," His Divine good; (: His garments that became as the light," His Divine truth ; " Moses and Elias," the his- torical and the prophetical Word ; " Moses." the \Vord that was written by him and tin- 88 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 48 historical Word in general, and " Elias." the prophetical Word; and the "bright cloud that overshadowed the disciples,' 1 the Word in the sense of the letter ; and there- fore a voice was heard from this cloud which said, " This is My beloved Son, hear ye Him." For all utterances and answers from heaven are made exclusively by means of ultimate things such as are in the sense of the- letter of the Word. For they are made in fullness, from the Lord. 49. So far we have shown that the Word in the natural sense which is the sense of the letter, is in its holiness and its full- ness. Something shall now be said to show that in this sense the Word is also in its power. How great and of what nature is the power of Divine truth in the heavens and also on earth, is evident from what has been said in the work on Heaven and Hell concerning the power of the angels of heaven (n. 228-233). The power of Divine truth is directed especially against falsities and evils, thus against the hells. The fight N. 49] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 89 against these must be waged by means of truths from the sense of the letter of the Word. Moreover it is by means of the truths in a man that the Lord has the power to save him ; for man is reformed and re- generated and is at the same time taken out of hell and introduced into heaven, by means of truths from the sense of the let- ter of the "Word. This power the Lord took upon Himself, even as to His Divine Human, after He had fulfilled all things of the Word dmvn to its ultimates. [2] Therefore when by the passion of the cross He was about to fulfill those which re- mained, He said to the chief priest, Hereafter y shall see the Son of man sitting at the right hand of power, and coming in the clouds of heaven (Matt. xxvi. 64 ; Mark xiv. 62). The. "Son of man," is the Lord as to the Word ; the '' clouds of heaven," are tin- Word in the sense of the letter; to "sit at the right hand of God," is omnipotence by means of the Word. (As also in Mark xvi. 19.) The Lord's power from the ultimate 90 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [if. 40 things of truth was represented by 'the Nazirites in the Jewish Church; and by Samson, of whom it is said that lie was a Xazirite from his mother's womb, and that his power lay in his hair. Nazirite and Xaziriteship also mean the hair. [3] That Samson's power lay in his hair, he himself made plain, saying, There hath not come a razor upon my head. in -cause I have been a Nazirite from my mother's womb ; if I be shaven, then my strength will go from me, and I shall become weak, and be like any other man (Judges xvi. 17). No one can know why the Naziriteship (by wliich is meant the hair) was instituted, or whence it came that Samson's strength was from the hair, unless he knows what is signified in the Word by the " head." The " head'' signifies the heavenly wisdom which angels and men have from the Lord by means of Divine truth; consequently the - hair of the head" signifies heavenly wis- dom in ultimate things, and also Divine truth in ultimate things. O] As. from N. 40] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 91 correspondence with the heavens, this is the signification of the " hair," it was a statute for the Nazirites that : They should not shave the hair of their heads. because this is the Naziriteship of God upon their heads (Num. vi. 1-21). And for the same reason it was ordained that : The high priest and his sons should not shave their heads, lest they should die, and wrath should come upon the whole house of Israel (Lev. x. 6.) [5] As, on account of this signification, which is from correspondence, the hair was so holy, the Son of man, who is the Lord as to the Word, is described even as to His hairs : That they were white like wool, as white as snow (Rev. i. 14) : In like manner the Ancient of days (Da. vii. S>). (On this subject see also above, n. 35.) In short, the reason why the power of Divine truth or of the Word is in the sense of the letter, is that there the Word is in its full- 92 DOCTItINK COXVEICXIXG [N. 40 ness ; and it is also because hi that sense are, at the same time and together (simul), the angels of both the Lord's kingdoms and men on earth. J! THE DOCTRINE OF THE CHURCH is TO BE DRAWN FROM THE SENSE OF THE LETTER OF THE WORD, AND is TO BE CONFIRMED THEREBY. 50. It has been shown in the preceding chapter that the Word in the sense of the letter is in its fullness, in its holiness, and in its power ; and as the Lord is the Word (for H- is the all of the Word), it follows that He is most of all present in the sense of the letter, and that from it He teaches and enlightens man. But these things shall be set forth in the following order : i. The Word cannot be understood with- out doctrine. N. oO] THK HOLY S( HU'THKK 93 ii. Doctrine must be drawn from the sense of the letter of the Word. iii. But the Divine truth which must be of doc-trine appears to none but those who lire in enlightenment from the Lord. 51. i. The Word cannot b<> understood H-; th out docfriiK'. This is because the Word in the sense of the letter consists exclu- sively of correspondences, to the end that things spiritual and celestial may be simul- taneous or together therein, and that every word may be their containant and support. For this reason, in some places in the sense of the letter the truths are not naked, but clothed, and are then called appearances of truth. Many truths also are accommodated to the capacity of simple folk, who do not uplift their thoughts above such things as they see before their eyes. There are also some things that appear like contradictions, although the Word when viewed in its own light contains no contradiction. And again in certain passages in the Prophets, names of persons and places are gathered together H4 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 51 from which, in the letter, no sense can be elicited, as in those passages adduced above (n. 15). Such being the Word in the sense of the letter, it is evident that it cannot be understood without doctrine. [2] But to illustrate this by examples. It is said, That Jehovah repents (Exed. xxxii. 12, 14 ; Jonah Hi. 9 ; iv. 2) ; And also That Jehovah does not repent (Num. xxiii. ID : 1 Sam. xv. 29). Without doctrine these passages cannot be reconciled. It is said That Jehovah visits the iniquity of the father* upon the sons to the third and fourth generation (Num. xiv. 18) ; And it is also said that The father shall not die for the son, nor the son for the father, but every one for his own sin (Deut. xxiv. 10). Interpreted by doctrine these passages are not discordant, but are in agreement. 3] .Jesus says, K. 51] THK HOI.V SCKll'XUKK 95 Ask, and it shall be given you ; seek, and y<- shall find ; knock, and it shall be opened unto you ; for every one that asketh shall receive ; and he that sceketh shall find ; and to him that kuock- eth it shall be opened (Matt. vii. 7, 8 ; xxi. 21, 22). Without doctrine it might be believed that every one will receive what he asks tor: but from doctrine it is believed that what- ever a man asks not from himself but from the Lord is given ; for this also is what the Lord savs. If ye abide in Me, and My words abide in you. ye shall ask what ye will, and it shall be done unto you (John xv. 7). 14] The Lord says, Blessed are the poor, for theirs i.s the kingdom of God (Luke vi. 20). Without doctrine it may be thought that heaven is for the poor and not for the rich, but doctrine teaches that the poor in spirit are meant, for the Lord says, Blessed are the pour in spirit ; for theirs is th- kingdom of heaven (Matt. v. ;!). i.5] The Lord says, 96 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [_N. 61 Judge not, that ye be not judged ; for with what judgment ye judge ye shall be judged (Matt. vii. l, 2 ; Luke vi. 37). Without doctrine this might be cited to con- firm the notion that it is not to be said ot what is evil that it is evil, thus that an evil person is not to be judged to be evil ; yet according to doctrine it is lawful to judge, but justly ; for the Lord says, Judge righteous judgment (John vii. 24). [6] Jesus says, Be not ye called Teacher, for One is your Teacher, even the Christ. And call no man your father on the earth ; for One is your Father in the heavens. Neither be ye called masters ; for On< is your Master, the Christ (Matt, xxiii. 8-10). Without doctrine it would seem that it is not lawful to call any person teacher, father. or master; but from doctrine it is known that in the natural sense it is lawful to do this, but not in the spiritual sense. [7] Jesus said to His disciples, When the Son of man shall sit upon the thront- of His glory, ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel (Matt. xix. 28). N. 5l] THK HOLY SCUII'TUKE 97 From these words it may be inferred that the Lord's disciples will sit in judgment, when yet the}' can judge no one. Doctrine therefore must reveal this secret by ex- plaining that the Lord alone, who is omnis- cient and knows the hearts of all, will sit in judgment, and is able to judge ; and that His twelve disciples mean the church as to all the truths and goods it possesses from the Lord through the Word ; from which doctrine concludes that these truths will judge every one, according to the Lord's words in John iii. 17, 18; xii. 47, 48. [S] He who reads the Word without doctrine does not see the consistency of what is said in the Prophets about the Jewish nation and Jerusalem that the church with that nation, and its seat in that city, will remain to eternity ; as in the following passages : Jehovah will visit His flock the house of Judah, and will make them as a horse of glory in war ; from him shall come forth the corner stone, from him the nail, and from him the bow of war (Zech x. 3, 4, 6, 7). 98 DOCTRINE COX( KKM.Nti [_N. it Behold 1 come, that. 1 may dwell in the midst of thee. And Jehovah shiill make Judah an in-. heritance, and shall again choose Jerusalem (Zecti. ii. 10, 12). It shall oorne to pass in thai day that the moun- tains shall drop new wine, and the hills shall flow with milk, and Judah shall be to eternity, and Jerusalem from gent-ration t. generation (Joel iii. 18-20). Behold, the days come in which I will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with the seed of man. and in which I will make a new cove- nant with the house of Israel, and with the hou.st of Judah ; and this shall be the covenant, I will put My law in their inward parts, and will write it upon their heart ; and I will be their God, and they shall be My people (Jer. xxxi. 27, 81, 88). In that day ten men shall take hold, out of all the languages of the nations, of the skirt of a man that is a Jew, saying, We will go with you, for we have heard that God is with you (Zech. viii. 23). So in other places, as Isa. xliv. 21, 24, 26 ; xlix. 22, 23 ; Ixv. 9 ; Ixvi. 20, 22 ; Jer. iii. 18 ; xxiii. :. . 1. 19, 20 ; Nahum i. If> ; Mai iii. 4. In these passages the Lord's advent is treated of, and that this [establishment of the Jews] will then come to pass. [9] But N. 51 J THK HOLY 8CRIPTUKK 99 the contrary is declared in many other places, of which this passage only shall !> ;idduced : I will hide My face from them, I will see what their latter end shall be, for they are a generation of perversions, sons in whom is no faithfulness. I said, I will cast them into outermost corners. I will make the remembrance of them to ceast- from man, for they are a nation void of counsel, neither is there understanding in them ; their vim- is of the vine of Sodom, and of the fields of Go- morrah ; their grapes are grapes of gall ; their clusters are of bitternesses ; their wine is the poison of dragons, and the cruel venom of asps. Is not this hidden with Me, sealed up among My treasures ? To Me belongeth vengeance and retri- bution (Deut. xxxii. 20-36). It is of that same nation that these things are said. And things of the same purport are said elsewhere, As in /so. iii. 1, 2, 8 ; v. 3, G ; Deut. ix. 5, : Matt. xii. 39 ; xxiii. 27, 28 ; John viii. 44 ; and in Jeremiah and Ezeklel throughout. These passages which seem contradictory will however from doctrine be seen to 100 IMHTIJIXK < o.Nt KKN1NG |_X. :L accord, for this teaches that in the Word Israel" and " Judah" do not mean Israel ;uid Judah. but the church in both senses, in one that it is devastated, in the other that it is to be set up anew by the Lord. Other things like these exist in the Word, from which it plainly appears that the Word cannot be understood without doctrine. 52. From all this it is evident that they who read the Word without doctrine, or who do not acquire for themselves doctrine from the Word, are in obscurity as to every truth, and that their minds are wa- vering and uncertain, prone to errors, and pliant to heresies, which they also embrace wherever inclination or authority favors, and their reputation is not endangered. For the Word is to them like a lampstand with- out a lamp, and in their gloom they seem to aee many things, and yet see scarcely anything, for doctrine alone is a lamp. I have seen such persons examined by angels, and found to be able to confirm from the Word whatever they please, and it was also N. 52] THK HOLY SCKIT'l TIM. 101 found that they confirm what is of their own love and of the love of those whom they favor. And I have seen them stripped of their garments, a sign that they were de- void of truths ; for in the spiritual world garments are truths. 52 ii. Doctrine must be drmrn from fJ' sense of the letter of the Word, and be Con- firmed thereby. The reason of this is that there and not elsewhere is the Lord present with man, and enlightens him and teaches him the truths of the church. Moreover the Lord never operates anything except in what is full, and the Word is in its full- ness in the sense of the letter, as has been shown above. This is why doctrine must be drawn from the sense of the letter 54. That by means of doctrine the Word not only becomes intelligible, but also as it were shines with light, is because with- out doctrine it is not understood, and is like a lampstand without a lamp, as h;i> been shown above. By means of doctrine therefore the Word is understood, and is 102 DIM THINK CONCERNING [x. 64 like a lampstand with a lighted lamp. The man then sees more things than he had seen before, and also understands those things which before he had not understood. Dark and contradictory things he either does not see and passes over, or sees and interprets them so that they agree with the doctrine. The experience of the Chris- tian world attests that the Word is seen from doctrine, and is also interpreted ac- cording to it. All the Keformed see and interpret the Word from and according to their own doctrine ; so do the Papists from and according to theirs, and even the Jews do so from and according to theirs ; thus from a false doctrine all see falsities, and from a true doctrine truths. It is evident therefore that true doctrine is like a lamp in the dark, and a guide-post on the way. Hut doctrine is not only to be drawn from the sense of the letter of the Word, but must also be confirmed thereby ; for if not so confirmed the truth of doctrine appears ;is if only man's intelligence were in it, N. -A 1 THE HOIA" SCRIPTURE !(>."> and not the Lord's Divine wisdom ; and so the doctrine would be like a house in the air, and not on the earth, and would lack a foundation. 55. The doctrine of genuine truth can also be drawn in full from the sense of the letter of the Word, because in this sense the Word is like a man clothed whose face and hands are bare. All things that con- cern man's life, and consequently his sal- vation, are bare ; but the rest are clothed. In many places also where they are clothed they shine through their clothing, like a face through a thin veil of silk. The truths of the \Vord also appear and shine through their clothing more and more clearly in proportion as they are multiplied by a love for them, and are ranged in order by this love. But this also is by means of doctrine. 56. It might be believed that the doc- trine of genuine truth could be procured by means of the spiritual sense of the Word which is furnished through a knowledge of correspondences. But doctrine is not pro- 104 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 5*5 cured by means of that sense, but is only lighted up and corroborated. For as said before (n. 26), no one comes into the spir- itual sense of the Word by means of cor- respondences unless he is first in genuine truths from doctrine. If a man is not first in genuine truths he may falsify the Word by means of some correspondences with which he is acquainted, by connecting them together and interpreting them so as to con- firm that which cleaves to his mind from some principle previously received. More- over the spiritual sense of the Word is not given any one except by the Lord alone, and it is guarded by Him as heaven is guarded, for heaven is in it. It is better therefore for man to study the Word in the sense of the letter ; from this alone is doc- trine furnished. 57. lii- The genuine truth irhich must br of doctrine appears in the sense of the letter to none but those irho tin" hi enlightenment from the Lord. Enlightenment is from tin- Lord alone, and exists with those who love N. :,7J i HI-: it 01 A' SCRIPT! I;K 106 ti-utlis l>erause they are truths and make tin-in of use tor life. With others there is in i enlightenment in the Word. The rea- son why enlightenment is from the Lord ;ilone is that the Lord is in all things of the Word. The reason why enlightenment exists with those who love truths because they arc truths and make them of use for life, is that such are in the Lord and the Lord in them. For the Lord is His own Divine truth, and when this is loved be- , -21. i':',). M an- tlic pure in heart, for they whall semGod (fa s,. 106 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 67 These are they who are in enlightenment when they are reading the Word, and to whom the Word shines and is translucent. 58. The reason why the Word shines and is translucent with such, is that there is a spiritual and celestial sense in even- particular of the Word, and these senses are in the light of heaven, so that through these senses and by their light the Lord flows into the natural sense, and into the light of it with a man. This causes the man to acknowledge the truth from an in- terior perception, and afterwards to see it in his own thought, and this aw often as he is in the affection of truth for the sake ot truth. For perception comes from affec- tionj and thought from perception, and thus is produced the acknowledgment Avhich is railed faith. But of these things more will l>e said in the following chapter con- cerning the conjunction of the Lord with man by means of the Word. 59. With such men the first thing is to get for themselves doctrine from the sense THK HOLY srKiriTKK 107 of the letter of the Word. ;ind tlms light a lamp for their further advance. Thru after doctrine has been procured, and a lamp thus lighted, they see the Word by its means. Those however who do not procure doctrine for themselves, first make investigation as to whether the doctrine delivered by others and received by the general body accords with the Word, and they assent to what accords, and from what does not accord they dissent. In this way it becomes i., them their own dot-trine. and through doctrine their faith. l>ut this takes place only with those who not being taken up with worldly affairs are able to exercise discernment. If these persons love truths because they are truths, and make them of use for life, they are in enlightenment from the Lord. All other* who are in some life according to truths can learn from them. 60. The contrary takes place with those who read the Word from the doctrine of a false religion, and still more with those 108 DOOTBIXE CONCERNING [N. 6(1 who confirm that doctrine from the Word, having in view their own glory or this world's riches. With them the truth of the Word is as it were in the shade of night, and what is false is as in the light of day. They read what is true, but do not see it ; and if they see the shadow of it they falsify it. These are they of whom the Lord says that They have eyes, but see not ; and cars, but do not understand (Matt. xiii. 13). For nothing else blinds a man except his Own* and the confirmation of what is * The Latin word proprium is the term used in the original text that in this and other places has been ren- dered by the expression " Own." The dictionary meaning of pr<;prtus t as an adjective, is " one's own," " prqjer," " lirlnnging to one's self alone," ".special," " particular," " peculiar." The neuter of this which is the word prn- pritHit, when used as a noun means "possession," " prop- erty ;" also "a peculiarity," "characteristic mark," " distinguishing sign," "characteristic." The English udjeotive "own" is defined by Webster to mean "be- longing to," "belonging exclusively or especially to," " peculiar ;" so that our word " own" is a very exact equivalent of proprius, and if we make it a noun by writing it ' Own," in order to answer to the Latin pro- privm, ire effect very close translation. [Ttt.] N. 60] THK HOLY SCRIPTUKE 109 false. Man's Own is the love of self and the derivative conceit of self-intelligence; and the confirmation of what is false is thick darkness counterfeiting the light. The light of such men is merely natural, and their sight is like that of one who sees phantoms in the gloom. 61. I have been permitted to converse with many after death who had believed that they would shine in heaven like the stars, because, as they said, they had re- garded the Word as holy, had often read it through, had collected from it many things by which they had confirmed tin- tenets of their faith, and had thereby been celebrated in the world as learned men. On this account they believed they would be Michaels and Kaphaels. [2] Many of them however have been examined in re- spect to what was the love from which they had studied the Word, and some of them were found to have done so from the love of self, that they might appear great in the world, and be revered as dignitaries 110 DOCTRINK CONCERNING [N. 61 of the church ; and others of them had done so from the love of the world, that they might get rich. When examined as ro what they knew from the Word, it was found that they knew nothing of genuine truth front it, but only such as is called truth falsified, which in itself is falsity. And they were told that this was because their ends (or what is the same their loves) had been themselves and the world, and not the Lord and heaven. When men read the Word while themselves and the world are the ends in view, their minds cleave to themselves and the world, and this causes them to be constantly thinking from their Own, which is in thick dark- ness in respect to all things of heaven, in which state thr man cannot be withdrawn by the Lord from his Own, and thus be raised into the light of heaven, and con- sequently cannot receive through heaven any influx from the Lord. [3] 1 have even seen them admitted into heaven, but when they were found to be devoid of \. >;l i IHI: imi.v sr.Kn'TCJKK 111 truths, they were cast down ; yet the con- ceit remained that they deserved heaven. Very different has it been with those who had studied the Word from the affection of knowing truth because it is truth, and be- cause it is of service to the uses of life, riot only to their own uses but also to those of the neighbor. I have seen these raised up into heaven, and thus into the light in which is Divine truth there, and at tin- same time exalted into angelic wisdom and its happiness, which is eternal life. BY MEANS OF THE SENSE OF THE LKTTKK OF THE WORD THERE IS CONJUNCTION WITH THE LORD AND ASSOCIATION WITH THE ANGELS. 62. The reason why there is conjunction with the Lord by means of the Word is that the Word treats solely of Him, and the Lord is consequently its all in all and 112 IMM-TRIN-K CON4] THE HOLY SCRIPTUKK Ho are in the spiritual sense of the Word, and the celestial angels in its celestial sense. While reading the Word in its sense of the letter it has been given me to perceive that communication was effected with tin- heavens, now with this society of them, now with that, and that what I understood according to the natural sense, the spiritual angels understood according to the spiritual sense, and the celestial angels according t< the celestial sense, and this in an instant. As 1 have perceived this communication many thousands of times, there remains with me no doubt about it. Moreover there are spirits beneath the heavens who abuse this communication : they recite some say- ings from the sense of the letter, arid imme- diately observe and take note of the society with which communication is effected. This I have frequently seen and heard. From these things it has been given me to know by actual experience that the Word in re- spect to its sense of the letter is the Di- vine medium of conjunction with the Lord 114 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. M and with heaven. (Concerning this con- junction by the Word see also what is said in the work on Heaven ond Jlell, n. 303- 310.) 65. The way in which the evolution of these senses is effected shall also be told in a few words. But for the understand- ing of this it will be necessary to recall what has been said above about successive order and simultaneous order, namely, that in successive order what is celestial, what is spiritual, and what is natural follow one after another, from highest things in heaven down to ultimate "things in the world, and that the same things are in the ultimate (which is natural) in simultaneous order, one next another from the inmost things to the outermost ones, and that in like manner there are successive senses of the Word, celestial and spiritual, simultane- ously in the natural sense. When these things are comprehended, the way in which the two senses, celestial and spiritual, are evolved from the natural sense while a man N. 6] THE HOLY SCK1PTUKK 115 is reading the Word may in some measure be unfolded before the understanding; for a spiritual angel then calls forth what is spiritual, and a celestial angel what is celes- tial, nor can they do otherwise, because such things are homogeneous and in accordance with their nature and essence. 66. But this may be illustrated in the first place by' comparisons drawn from the three kingdoms of nature: animal, vege- table, and mineral. From the animal klntj- doin : When the food becomes chyle, the blood vessels extract and call forth from it i heir blood, the nervous fibres their fluid, and the substances that are the origins of the tibres their animal spirit. From f/n- i-,'f/i't/i' kingdom : The tree, with its trunk, branches, leaves, and fruit, stands upon its root, and by means of its root it extracts and calls forth from the ground a grosser sap for the trunk, branches, and leaves, a purer for the pulp of the fruit, and the purest for the seeds within the fruit. From th.e niiin'i-"/ l:i/i impregnated with gold, silver, and iron, and each of these metals draws its own element from the exhalations stored up in the earth. 67. We may now illustrate by an ex- ample how from the natural sense in which is the Word with men, the spiritual angels draw forth their own sense, and the celes- tial angels theirs. Take as an example five commandments of the decalogue : Honor thy father and thy motJi,-,: \\\ " father and mother'' a man understands his father and mother on earth, and all who stand hi their place, and by to " honor" he understands to hold in honor and (>IH-\ them. But a spiritual angel understands the Lord by " father," and the church by " mother,'' and by to " honor" he under- stands to love. And a celestial angel understands the Lord's Divine love by father," and His Divine wisdom by ' mother," and by to " honor" to do what is good from Him. N. 07] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 117 [2] Thou shalt not steal. By to steal" a man understands to steal, defraud, or under any pretext take from his neighbor his goods. A spiritual angel understands to deprive others of their truths of faith and goods of charity by means of falsities and evils. And a celestial angel under- stands to attribute to himself what is the Lord's, and to claim for himself His right- eousness and merit. [3] Thou shalt not commit ix/tt/fert/. By " committing adultery" a man understands to commit adultery and fornication, to do obscene things, speak lascivioiis words, and harbor filthy thoughts. A spiritual angel understands to adulterate the goods of tin- Word, and falsify its truths. And a ceh^- tial angel understands to deny the Lord's Divinity and to profane the Word. [4] Thou aim It not kill. By "killing." a man understands also bearing hatred. and desiring revenge even to the death. A spiritual angel understands to act as a devil and destroy men's souls. And a ce- 118 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 67 lestial angel understands to bear hatred against the Lord, and against what is His.' [5] Thou shalt not /> is THE SOURCE OF ANGELIC WISDOM. 70. Hitherto it has not been known that the. Word is in the heavens, nor could it be made known so long as the church was ignorant that angels and spirits are men like the men in this world, and that they possess in every respect like things to those possessed by men, with the sole difference that they themselves are spiritual, and that all things they possess are from a spiritual origin ; while men in this world are nat - ural, and all things they possess are from N. 70] THK HOLY SOKIPTUKK 121 a natural origin. So long as this fact was hidden it could not be known that the Word exists in the heavens also, and is read by angels there, and also by spirits who are beneath the heavens. But that this might not be forever hidden, it has been granted me to be in company with angels and spirits, to converse with them, see what exists with them, and afterwards relate many things that I have heard and seen. This has been done in a work on Heaven and Hell, published in London in 1758 ; in which work it may be seen that angels and spirits are men, and that they possess in abundance all things that men possess in this world. That angels and spirits are men, may be seen in that work (n. 73-77, and 453-456). That they possess like things to those possessed by im*n in this world (n. 170-190) : Also that they have Divine worship, and preachings in places of worship (n. 221-227) : That they have writings and also books (n. 258-264) : And that they have the Word (n. L'~>'.)i. 122 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 71 71. As regards the Word in heaven, it is written in a spiritual style, which differs entirely from a natural style. The spir- itual style consists solely of letters, each of which contains a meaning, and there are points above the letters which exalt the meaning. With the angels of the spir- itual kingdom the letters resemble printed letters in our world ; and with the angels of the celestial kingdom the letters (each of which also contains a complete meaning) resemble the ancient Hebrew letters, curved in various ways, and with marks above and within. Such being the style of their writing, there are no names of persons and places in their Word such as there are in ours, but instead of the names there are the things which they signify. Thus in- stead of Moses there is the historical Word, instead of Elijah, the prophetical Word; instead of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, the Lord as to His Divinity and Divine Hu- man ; instead of Aaron, the priestly office; instead of David, the*kingly office,, each of THK HOLY SCRH'TTKK 123 the Lord ; instead of the names of the twelve sons of Jacob, or of the tribes of Israel, various things of heaven and the church ; and like things instead of the names of the Lord's twelve disciples ; in- stead of Zion and Jerusalem, the church in respect to the Word and doctrine from the Word ; instead of the land of Canaan, the .hurch itself; instead of the cities therein on this side and beyond Jordan, various things of the church and of its doctrine ; aud so with all the other names. It is the same with the numbers: neither do ihese appear in the Word that is in heaven, but instead of them the things to which the numbers that are in our Word correspond. It is evident from these examples that the Word in heaven is a Word that corre- sponds to our Word, and thus that the two are a one, for correspondences make a one. 72. It is a wonderful thing that the Word in the heavens is so written that the simple understand it in simplicity, and the wise in wisdom, for there are many points 124 DOCTKIXK CONCKKMNG [N. 7'2 and marks over the letters, which as has been said exalt the meaning, and to these the simple do not attend, nor are they even aware of them ; whereas 'the wise pay at- tention to them, each one according to his wisdom, even to the highest wisdom. In every larger society of heaven, a copy of the'Word, written by angels inspired bv the Lord, is kept in its sanctuary, lest being elsewhere it should be altered in some point. In respect to the fact that the simple understand it in simplicity and the wise in wisdom, our Word is indeed like that in heaven, but this is effected in ;i different way. 73. The angels acknowledge that all their wisdom comes through the Word, for they are in light in proportion to their un- derstanding of the Word. The light of heaven is Divine wisdom, which to their eyes is light. Ill the sanctuary where the copy of the Word is kept, there is a flaming and bright light that surpasses every degree of light in heaven that is outside of it. The X. 7oj THK HOLY SCKIPTUKK 125 i -a use is the same as above mentioned; it is that the Lord is in the Word. 74. The wisdom of the celestial angels surpasses that of the spiritual angels almost as much as this surpasses the wisdom of men, and the reason is that the celestial angels are in the good of love from the Lord, while the spiritual angels are in truths of wisdom from Him, and wherever there is the good of love there resides at the same time wisdom ; but where there are truths there resides no more of wisdom than there is good of love together with it. This is the reason why the Word in the celestial kingdom is written differently from that in the spiritual kingdom ; for goods of love are expressed in the Word of the celestial kingdom, and the marks de- note affections, whereas truths of wisdom are expressed in the Word of the spiritual kingdom, and the marks denote percep- tions. 75. From what has been said may be inferred the nature of the wisdom that lies 126 DOCTRINE CONCERNING [N. 75 hidden in the Word that is in this world. In fact all angelicf wisdom, which is unut- terable, lies hidden in it. for it is the con- tainant of the same, and after death a man who is being made an angel by the Lord by means of the Word comes into that wisdom. VIII. THE CHURCH is FROM THE WOBD, ANI> 18 SUCH AS IS ITS UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORD. 76. That the church is from the Word does not admit of doubt, for the Word i.s Divine truth itself (n. 1-4) ; the doctrine of the church is from the Word (n. 50-61) ; and through the Word there is conjunction with the Lord (n. 62-69). But doubt may arise as to whether the understanding of the Word is what makes the church, for there are those wlio believe that they art- of the church liecause t.hcv have the Word, N. 70] THE HOLY SCKJPTl IrK V21 read it or hear it from a preacher, and know something of its sense of the letter, yet how this or that in the Word is to be understood they do not know, and sonic of them little are. It shall therefore l>e proved that it is not the Word that makes the church, but the understanding of it, and that such ;is is the understanding of the Word among those who are in the church, such is the church itself. The proof of this is as follows. 77. The Word is the \Yord according to the understanding of it in a man, that is. as it is understood. If it is not understood, the Word is indeed called the Word, bui it is not the Word with the man. The Word is the truth according to the under- standing of it, for it may not be the truth, because it may be falsified. The Word is spirit and life according to the understand- ing of it, for its letter it' not understood is dead. And as a man has truth and life according to his understanding of the Word, so has he faith and love according 128 DOCTRINE. CONCERNING [N. 77 thereto, for truth is of faith, and love is of life. Now as the church exists by means of faith and love, and according to them, it follows that the church is Un- church through the understanding of the Word and according thereto ; a noble church if in genuine truths, an ignoble church if not in genuine truths, and a destroyed church if in falsified truths. 78. Further: it is through the \Yord that the Lord is present with a man and is conjoined with him, for the Lord is the Word, and as it were speaks with the man in it. The Lord is also Divine truth itself, us likewise is the Word. From this it is evident that the Lord is present with a man and is at the same time conjoined with him, according to his understanding of the Word, for according to this the man has truth and the derivative faith, and also love and the derivative life The Lord is indeed present with a man through the reading of the Word, but He is conjoined with him through the understanding of N. 78] THE HOLY SCRIPTURE 129 truth from the Word, and according thereto ; and in proportion as the Lord lias been con- joined with a man, in the same propor- tion the church is in him. The church is within man ; the church that is outside of him is the church with a number of men who have the church within them. This is meant by the Lord's words to the Pharisees who asked when the kingdom of God would come : The kingdom of God is within you (Luke xvii. 21). Here the "kingdom of God" means the Lord, and from Him, the church. 79. In many places in the Prophets where the church is treated of, the under- standing of the Word is treated of, and it is taught that there is no church except when- the Word is rightly understood, and that such as is the understanding of the Word with those in the church, such is the church. In many places also in the Prophets the church with the Israelitish and Jewish na- tion is described as being totally destroyed 180 IMM THINK . ...M KKNING [N. 79 and annihilated through their falsification of the meaning or understanding of the Word, for naught but this destroys the church. [2] The understanding of tin- Word, Iwth true and false, is desciiU-d in the Prophets by ; - Ephraim," especially in Hosea, for in the Word Ephraim" signi- fies the understanding of the Word in Un- church. And a.s the understanding of the Word makes the church, Ephraim is called, A dear son. and a child of delight* (Jer. xxxi. *>); The first-born (ver. '.') ; The strength of Jehovah's Ii-an^ of Israel (Deut. xxxiii. 13-17). [3] The quality of the church when the understanding of the Word has been de- stroyed, is also described in the Prophets by " Ephraim," especially in Hosea, as is evident from the following passages : Israel and Ephraim shall stagger ; Ephraim shall be in the solitude ; Ephraim is oppressed and shattered in judgment. I will be unto Ephraiin a** a lion ; I will tear and go away ; I will carry oft", ;tnd there shall be none to deliver (Hos. v. f>, it. 11-14). O Ephraim, what shall I do unto thee '.' for thy holiness is as a cloud of the dawn, and like the dew that falleth in the morning, it goeth awa> the derivative reasoning : by these two the Word is falsified in respect to the under- standing of it. and therefore it is said that " Ephraim shall return to Egypt, and shall eat in Assyria that which is unclean." [5] Again : Ephraim feedeth on wind, and followeth after the east wind ; every day he multiplieth lying and wasteness ; he maketh a covenant with Assyria . and oil is carried down into Egypt (xii. 1). To " feed on wind," to " follow after the east wind," and to " multiply lying and waste- ness," is to falsify truths, and thus destroy the church. [6] The like is signified also by the "whoredom" of Ephraim (for "whoiv- 'lom" signifies the falsification of the under- standing of the Word, that is, of its genuine truth) in the following passages : I know Ephraim, that lie hath altogether com- mitted whoredom, and Israel is defiled (Hos. v. :;. In the house of Israel I have seen a foul thing : there Ephraim hath committed whoredom, and Israel hath been defiled (vi. 10). N. 79] THE HOLY SCRIPTURK 133 Israel" is the church itself, and " Ephraiin' is the understanding of the Word, from and according to which is the church, and there- fore it is said " Ephraim hath committed whoredom, and Israel hath been denied." ~ As the church among the Jews had l>een utterly destroyed through falsifi ca- tions of the Word, it is said of Ephraim, I will give thee up, Ephraim, I will deliver thee